TWI247894B - Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material - Google Patents

Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI247894B
TWI247894B TW88118794A TW88118794A TWI247894B TW I247894 B TWI247894 B TW I247894B TW 88118794 A TW88118794 A TW 88118794A TW 88118794 A TW88118794 A TW 88118794A TW I247894 B TWI247894 B TW I247894B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
disc
optical disc
analyte
track
information
Prior art date
Application number
TW88118794A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Jorma A Virtanen
Mark O Worthington
Original Assignee
Burstein Technologies Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US09/311,329 external-priority patent/US7014815B1/en
Application filed by Burstein Technologies Inc filed Critical Burstein Technologies Inc
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI247894B publication Critical patent/TWI247894B/en

Links

Abstract

Design, manufacture and use of optical discs that permit the concurrent and discriminable acquisition of signals from both operational structures and nonoperational structures is presented. The disc geometries and tracking schemes permit such discs to be read in, and data encoded by nonoperational structures reported by, standard (or minimally-modified) optical disc readers. Single data layer first and second surface discs are described, as are multiple data layer discs. Use of the discs in analyte-specific assay is presented.

Description

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 _B7_ 五、發明說明(1 ) 發明範疇 本發明係歸於光碟設計和製造以及在先碟閱讀機和讀寫 器之使用。特定地是,本發明係關於允許由光碟非操作結 構如特定分析物驗定信號元素以及由光碟可操作結構如尋 軌結構同時及可鑑別擷取信號的光碟設計、製造和使用。 發明背景 在過去十年間,掃描共焦雷射顯微術(SCLM)已經將生命 科學成像加以改革。在掃描共焦雷射顯微術中,雷射光在 準確選擇之焦平面上橫跨樣品掃描。由樣品反上的雷射光 被收集,藉由排除所選擇之焦平面以外反射的雷射光、閃 光被移除,而由全厚度、非固定組織和細胞產生清晰的區 段影像。除此以外,電腦驅動之掃描處理之重製空間糈密 度允許單獨擴取之區段影像的正確空間登記,藉由各自擴 取區段影像之重疊而允許三維影像之重建。Wiesendanger, Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy : Methods and Applications,劍橋大學出版(1995 年 7 月);Cullander,J· Investig. Dermatol· Symp. Proc. 3:166 - 171 (1998) ; Paddock, Proc. Soc. Exp. Biol· Med. 213:24-31 (1996) ; Ockleford,J· Pathol. 176:1-2 (1995) ; Laurent等人,Biol. Cell. 80:229-240 (1994) o 雷射激發螢光染料和蛋白質之使用爲特定配基探針已經 允許掃描雷射顯微術調適爲超越標準細胞和組織成像成爲 廣泛變化之驗定。因此,雷射掃描細胞計量器已經證明特 別有利於以螢光爲基準之細胞計量驗定細胞循環事件。 -4- 長尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公β ---------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(2 )Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff and Consumers Co., Ltd. 1247894 A7 _B7_ V. INSTRUCTIONS (1) Scope of the Invention The present invention is attributed to the design and manufacture of optical discs and the use of prior disc readers and readers. In particular, the present invention relates to the design, manufacture, and use of optical discs that permit simultaneous verification of signal elements by optical disc non-operational structures, such as specific analytes, and simultaneous and identifiable capture signals from optical disc operable structures such as tracking structures. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Scanning confocal laser microscopy (SCLM) has revolutionized life science imaging over the past decade. In scanning confocal laser microscopy, laser light is scanned across the sample at an accurately selected focal plane. The laser light from the opposite side of the sample is collected, and the laser light reflected outside the selected focal plane is removed, and the flash is removed, resulting in clear image of the segment from full thickness, non-fixed tissue and cells. In addition, the reworked spatial density of the computer-driven scanning process allows for the correct spatial registration of the separately expanded segment images, allowing for the reconstruction of the three-dimensional image by overlapping the segment images. Wiesendanger, Scanning Probe Microscopy and Spectroscopy: Methods and Applications, Cambridge University Press (July 1995); Cullander, J. Investig. Dermatol· Symp. Proc. 3:166 - 171 (1998) ; Paddock, Proc. Soc. Exp Biol· Med. 213:24-31 (1996); Ockleford, J. Pathol. 176:1-2 (1995); Laurent et al, Biol. Cell. 80:229-240 (1994) o Laser-fired The use of light dyes and proteins for specific ligand probes has allowed scanning laser microscopy to be adapted to standard cell and tissue imaging to become widely variable assays. Therefore, laser scanning cell meters have proven to be particularly advantageous for fluorescence-based cytometry to determine cell cycle events. -4- Long-term application of China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public β --------------------- order -------- -Line (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (2)

Juan等人,Methods Mol Biol·,91:67_75 (1996) ; Juan等人, Cell Biol. 2:261-273 (1998) ; Juan等人,Cell Biol. 2:341-350 (1998) ; Catch 等人,Cytometry 34:36-38 (1998) ; Luther 等 人,Microscopy & Micro analysis 3: 235-236 (1997)。Juan et al, Methods Mol Biol, 91:67_75 (1996); Juan et al, Cell Biol. 2:261-273 (1998); Juan et al, Cell Biol. 2:341-350 (1998); Catch et al. Human, Cytometry 34:36-38 (1998); Luther et al, Microscopy & Micro analysis 3: 235-236 (1997).

Ashby等人的美國專利案號為第5,549,588號專利說明掃描 雷射顯微驗定之“基因組報告矩陣”。在這些基因組報告矩 陣中,可空間定址矩陣之各元素包含細胞,其中共同螢光 報告之陳式由不同的翻譯調節元素驅動。在掃描期間擷取 的螢光信號強度辨識由各個可空間辨識之翻譯調節元素驅 動的基因位準。 掃描雷射顯微術亦已經調適為建立在矽晶片上的核酸微 陣列之掃描,Lashkari 等人,Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:13057-62 (1997) ; DeRisi 等人,Science,278:680-86 (1997) ; Wodicka 等人,Nature Biotechnology,15:1359-67 (1997);調適為在細胞中離子通量之量測,Schild,Cell. Calcium 19:281-296 (1996) ; Turner 等人,J. Investig. Dermatol· Symp. Proc. 3:136-142 (1998);以及調適為各種細 胞成分之次細胞分佈的量測,Takubo等人,Haematologica 82:643-647 (1997) ° 這些SCLM應用中的各應用需要電腦控制光學設備的特殊 件。因此在相關技藝中需要存在便宜的一般裝置,該裝置 允許微觀樣本之電腦驅動共焦雷射掃描。 此種裝置之最小機械需求·雷射、聚焦和偵測光學、精密 度掃描裝置和電腦介面-全部可以在標準光碟閱讀機或是撰 -5- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公爱) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -— II - II ^ ·11111111 . 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 1247894 __ B7_ 五、發明說明(3 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 寫器中發現。光碟閲讀機和讀窝器,如CD和DVD將光由固 態雷射聚焦在旋轉光碟表面上以及掃描該光碟以偵測在可 空間定址圖樣次微米結構中數位式編碼之資訊。 光碟和光碟讀窝器調適爲雷射掃描園觀之應用將呈現已 存在方式之上的顯著優點。在這些優點之間的主要優點爲 廣泛之應用性和低成本。目前全世界CD和DVD-ROM閲讀 機安裝基座預估爲大約3億單元,期望在未來5年將成長爲 超過 5 億單元。Optical Publishing Industry Assessment,第9 版(Infotech,Inc·,Woodstock,Vermont)(1998)。該裝置爲遍 存、便宜和可靠。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 使用光碟於微觀結構之偵測和特徵化的其他優點在WO 96/09548 (Gordon)、EP A 392475 (Idemitsu)、EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu)、EP A 504432 (Idemitsu)、WO 98/28623(Gamera)和 WO 98/12559 (Demers)中討論,所有這些文獻在此處以提及 的方式併入本文中。其他優點在共同擁有以及尚在審理中 的美國專利申請案案號爲第08/888,935號,1997年7月7曰申 請;第 09/064,636 號,1998 年 4 月 21 曰申請;第 09/120,049 號,1998年7月21日申請;以及發佈爲WO 98/38510 WO 98/38510和W〇 98/01533之對等國際專利;這些文獻在此處 以提及的方式併入本文中。 然而,雖然光碟間讀機擁有有效共焦雷射顯微掃描之機 械式先決條件,但現存光碟閱讀機之操作需求呈現在光碟 表面上配置之微觀結構成功偵測和特徵化的重大障礙。 至少具有4個操作區需求必須滿足於光碟以正確地讀取和 -6- 本&張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)""""" " 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(4 解碼呈現在光碟内的資料:該閲讀機必須正確地聚焦在將 貪料編碼的光碟平面上、必須控制光學拾音器的徑向位 置、必須控制光學拾音器的切線位置以及必須控制光碟的 轉數。最普通的光碟系統使用光學媒體本身滿足這些需求 中的至少某些需求。 因此在典型壓製的c D中,光碟機板以由一系列浮凸訊洞 组成之螺旋磁軌壓印,由此產生的信號爲光碟閱讀機利用 以維持適當的焦點和尋軌。在CD_R中,由使用者寫入的資 料編碼染料標記提供在依序讀取時的必要尋執結構。更一 般地疋’在已存在光碟標準之各標準中,用以編碼資料之 結構同時作用爲提供該閲讀機控制其操作所需之操作信 號。雖然有效率,但是此種標準沒有提供用於由配置在光 碟上之非操作結構擷取資料的規定。 例如,因爲尋軌結構強制嵌入在光碟資訊層内,所以應 用於光碟之雷射最接近表面的結構可能妨礙此種操作結構 之偵測,以及因此妨礙間讀機的正確操作。甚至於,此種 非操作結構可能置於該光碟操作結構焦平面之足夠外部而 妨止由該閲讀機光學拾音器對其同時和可鑑別之偵測。 此問題的一個解決方案爲使非標準傳動裝置。一種建議 之傳動裝置利用二光學拾音器,其中之一偵測尋軌資訊, 另一個則偵測表面結構,EP A 392475 (Idemitsu)、EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu)、EP A 504432 (Idemitsu)和 EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu)。然而,此種修正假設使用光碟間讀機於雷射微 觀偵測之主要優點,爲此種裝置的普遍分佈。 -7- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) " ' .1-----------------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894The "Genome Reporting Matrix" for scanning laser microscopy is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,549,588 to Ashby et al. In these genome reporting matrices, the elements of the spatially addressable matrix contain cells in which the common fluorescent report is driven by different translational regulatory elements. The intensity of the fluorescent signal captured during the scan identifies the level of the gene driven by each of the spatially identifiable translational regulatory elements. Scanning laser microscopy has also been adapted to scan nucleic acid microarrays based on ruthenium wafers, Lashkari et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 94:13057-62 (1997); DeRisi et al., Science, 278:680-86 (1997); Wodicka et al, Nature Biotechnology, 15: 1359-67 (1997); Measured to measure ion flux in cells, Schild, Cell. Calcium 19:281-296 (1996) Turner et al, J. Investig. Dermatol· Symp. Proc. 3: 136-142 (1998); and measurement of subcellular distribution adapted to various cellular components, Takubo et al., Haematologica 82: 643-647 (1997) ° ° Each of these SCLM applications requires special parts for computer controlled optics. There is therefore a need in the art to have inexpensive general devices that allow computer-driven confocal laser scanning of microscopic samples. The minimum mechanical requirements for such devices, laser, focus and detection optics, precision scanning devices and computer interfaces - all can be applied to the National Standard (CNS) A4 specification on standard optical disc readers or on the scale of this paper. (21〇X 297 public) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) - II - II ^ · 11111111 . Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 1247894 __ B7_ V. Invention description (3 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Found in the writer. Optical disc readers and readers, such as CDs and DVDs, focus light from a solid laser onto the surface of the rotating optical disc and scan the optical disc to detect digitally encoded information in a sub-micron structure of the spatially addressable pattern. The adaptation of optical discs and optical disc readers to laser scanning applications will present significant advantages over existing methods. The main advantages between these advantages are wide applicability and low cost. The world's CD and DVD-ROM reader mounting bases are currently estimated at approximately 300 million units and are expected to grow to more than 500 million units over the next five years. Optical Publishing Industry Assessment, 9th edition (Infotech, Inc., Woodstock, Vermont) (1998). The device is versatile, inexpensive and reliable. Other advantages of the use of optical discs for the detection and characterization of optical discs printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, WO 96/09548 (Gordon), EP A 392475 (Idemitsu), EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu), EP A Discussion is in 504432 (Idemitsu), WO 98/28623 (Gamera) and WO 98/12559 (Demers), all of which are incorporated herein by reference. Other advantages are co-owned and pending US patent application number 08/888,935, July 7, 1997 application; 09/064,636, April 21, 1998 application; 09/120,049 No., the application of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety in its entirety in the the the the the the the the the the the the the the the However, while optical inter-disc machines have the mechanical prerequisites for effective confocal laser microscopy, the operational requirements of existing optical disc readers present significant obstacles to the successful detection and characterization of microstructures disposed on the surface of optical discs. At least 4 operating area requirements must be met for the disc to properly read and -6- this & Zhang scale applicable Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) """"&quot " 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 5, Invention Description (4 Decoding the data presented on the CD: The reader must be correctly focused on the disc surface that encodes the greedy material, must control the optics The radial position of the pickup, the position of the tangent of the optical pickup must be controlled, and the number of revolutions of the optical disc must be controlled. The most common optical disc system uses optical media itself to meet at least some of these needs. Therefore, in a typical suppressed c D, the disc The board is embossed with a spiral track consisting of a series of embossed holes, and the resulting signal is used by the disc reader to maintain proper focus and tracking. In CD_R, the data encoded by the user is coded. The markup provides the necessary look-up structure for sequential reading. More generally, in the standards of existing optical disk standards, the structure used to encode data is simultaneously made. In order to provide the operating signals required by the reader to control its operation, although efficient, such standards do not provide provisions for extracting data from non-operational structures configured on the optical disc. For example, because the tracking structure is forced to be embedded in In the information layer of the disc, the structure closest to the surface of the laser applied to the disc may hinder the detection of such an operational structure and thus hinder the correct operation of the inter-reader. Even such a non-operational structure may be placed on the disc. Operating the structural focal plane sufficiently external to prevent simultaneous and identifiable detection by the reader optical pickup. One solution to this problem is to make a non-standard transmission. One proposed transmission utilizes two optical pickups, One detects the tracking information and the other detects the surface structure, EP A 392475 (Idemitsu), EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu), EP A 504432 (Idemitsu) and EP A 417 305 (Idemitsu). The correction assumes that the main advantage of using the inter-disc reader for laser micro-detection is the general distribution of such devices. -7- This paper scale applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) " ' .1-----------------Book --------- (Please read the back first Note on this page) 1247894

五、發明說明(5 )· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 在光碟相關技藝中存在需要允許使標準光碟閱讀機/每 器由光碟非操作結構如配置在光碟上的特定分柝物信2元 素同時和任意擷取信號,而信號由光碟操作結構如尋轨^結 構產生。 ' 發明總結 本發明藉由提供光碟、製造該光碟方法以及讀取該光碟 方法而解決相關技藝這些和其他問題,其中該光碟允許光 碟間讀機/讀寫器由光碟非操作結構如配置在光碟上的特定 分析物信號元素同時和可鑑別地擷取信號,而信號由光碟 操作結構如尋執結構產生。 本發明部分依據非操作結構能夠和光碟操作結構共焦配 置之新發現,以及雷射最接近於先前應用之反射層,因此 解決同時維持焦點在操作和非操作結構上的光學問題。此 幾何藉由製造新光碟而達成,其中該光碟完整基板之圖像 化表面(也就是説,促成光碟之資訊層之該基板表面)呈現 爲基板之雷射最接近表面(“倒置光碟,,)。因爲在操作焦平 面上的該光束半徑實質上小於在光碟第一表面上的光束半 徑’這些倒置光碟以新的方式使次微米大小之非操作使用 成爲可能。 此種光碟能夠藉由利用傳統母片爲壓模加以製造,因此 產生具有以正浮雕呈現之操作結構的前向影像倒置光碟。 第二製造處理,其中利用爲壓模之父片或是子片亦能夠加 以利用。在此第二製造處理中,主片具有與傳統相反之影 像;該形成之前向影像倒置光碟具有以負浮雕呈現的操作 -8 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------IT---------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 、發明說明(6 結構。 因此’在备身去AW, »_ |』 f徵中’本發明呈現包括基板之光碟,該 基板具有圖樣化表面釦餘从士 .^ 两和顯外表面,該基板圖樣化表面促成 先碟資訊層,其中卷A 1 _ ? 田基板圖樣化表面呈現爲雷射最接近其 頸外表面時,該資訊Β ^層包含可由光碟機尋執之操作表面。 ill本發明繁_金_ &amp; % 愿里製造時,此種倒置光碟之操作結構可 &amp;配置爲i浮雕之前向影像。在此方纟中,該光碟之 操作〜構可尋軌地配置在資訊層平面中,該資訊層在基板 額外表面最遠端。 ^本發月弟一處理製造時,此種倒置光碟之操作結構可 ^執地配置爲負浮雕之前向影像。在此方位中,該光碟之 操作結構可尋執地配置在資訊層平面中,該資訊層最接近 基板額外表面。 在特定具體實施例中,該倒置光碟尚包括至少一非操作 結構,Μ結構爲和操作結構(特別是,尋執)同時可讀取。 S ^些具體實施例之特定具體實施例中,該非操作結構可 以爲特定分析物信號元素,和光碟操作結構共焦配置。 在另一特徵中,本發明提供製造此種倒置光碟之製造方 法。因此’本發明提供用於製造前向影像、正浮雕之倒置 光碟的方法’琢光碟基板具有可尋軌搡作結構,該方法包 括:形成具有可尋軌操作結構之壓模,該結構和標準主片 具有相等影像方位及浮雕;以及之後直接由該壓模形成光 碟基板。在第二方法中,本發明提供製造前向影像、負浮 雕之倒置光碟的方法,該光碟基板具有可尋軌操作結構, 9 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -l· —----------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 __;_ B7___ 五、發明說明(7 ) 該方法包括:形成相反主片,·形成具有和該相反主片相反 影像方位及浮雕之壓模;以及之後直接由該壓模形成光碟 基板。 在另一具體實施例中,前述的新處理的其中之一能夠利 用CD-R或是CD-RW主片加以執行(或是與此相反),而鑄模 爲DVD麵模。此種新形成之光碟和CD鑄模中鑄造的光碟比 較爲具有較減少之深度。 本發明尚提供用於製造倒置光碟之方法,該光碟利用倒 置光碟基板而適合於非操作結構之可尋軌讀取。在此種第 一具體實施例中,本發明提供用於製造具有同時可讀取非 操作結構之可尋執光碟,該方法包括:應用反射層至該倒 置光碟基板的圖樣化表面,以及配置和該反射層共焦及雷 射接近之非操作結構。孩倒置光碟基板可以藉由任何前述 加以準備。 對本發明前向影像/正浮雕倒置光碟或是前向影像/負浮 雕倒置光碟而言,沒有透明基板層爲雷射接近至該光碟資 訊層。所以額外裝置爲所需以改變光學路徑之長度,因此 加強光碟反射層表面上入射雷射之聚焦。此方式可以藉由 附接非整體或整體雷射折射構件爲倒置光碟雷射接近侧之 蓋板而完成以建立光碟組件。該蓋板作用爲折射,以及因 此更進一步將入射光束聚焦在光碟操作平面上。 因此,在另一特徵中,本發明提供具有可讀取非操作結 構之光碟组件,該組件包括:倒置光碟和蓋板,其中該^ 板更進一步將入射光束聚焦在光碟資訊層上。在一些具體 ____·10- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公f ) ^99—------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(8 ) 實施例中,該蓋板爲非整合至該光碟以及可由此附接。在 其他具體實施例中,該蓋板爲整合至該光碟。在一些具體 實施例中,琢蓋板本質上由塑膠组成、本質上由玻璃组 成、或是本質上由碎组成。 本發明提供達成操和作非操作態樣共焦配置之其他方 式。 因此,在另一特徵中,光碟操作結構之影像,特別是可 尋軌結構之影像爲全像投影至與非操作結構共焦之平面 上。在較佳具體實施例中,使用反射全像。全像之優點包 各在光碟上操作結構和非操作結構之實體分離。 此種實體分離之额外方式爲利用多層DVD技術。 因此,在另一特徵中,本發明提供具有可讀取非操作結 構之光碟,包括反射層;額外反射層;以及非操作結構, 其中該反射層或是該額外反射層具有光碟間讀機可尋執之 結構,以及其中該非操作結構和可尋執結構爲可讀取地配 置。在與DVD標準相容的典型具體實施例中,該反射層其 中之一爲半反射,以及該非操作結構和該反射層或是半反 射層爲共焦地配置。 雖然上述之新方式解決同時在操作結構和非操作結構上 建立聚焦的光學問題,但它們本身不需要允許該結構之同 時偵測。第一,這些方式不需要解決在呈現此種共焦配置 非操作結構時維持尋軌、聚焦和同步(速度控制)之問題。 第二,和操作態樣(例如訊洞)共焦配置之非操作結構可能 造成信號不足以由操作信號區別而防止由此鑑別。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐 -------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 厂—_____Β7 五、發明說明(9 ) 本發明因此更進一步依據在讀取期間產生之電氣信號具 有較先前瞭解地更具有較大資訊内容之新發現。也就是 説,該電氣信號被設計爲提供二特定類別資訊—該信號爲光 碟操作所需以及該資詆爲數位式編碼在該光碟上-事實上可 以用多種方法查詢和量測以顯露有關該光碟實體結構先前 未開發之豐富資訊。 此外,本發明實際説明這些電氣信號的所需操作成分能 夠確足地刀離’因此釋放該#號其餘成分以用於該非操作 量測而不干擾成功的驅動操作。 因此,在另一特徵中,本發明提供設計爲允許光碟操作 所需之部分#號的分離,特別是光碟尋軌所需之部分信號 由用以報告在光碟上之非操作結構反應的那些部分信號分 離。在一系列例證具體實施例中,光碟呈現爲允許尋轨信 號由HF (RF,四列總和)信號中之非操作信號頻率分離;此 情形允許該HF信號用以報告配置在非操作結構上的資訊。 由HF信號之尋執信號的此有目的分離爲利用尋執設計加以 %成’只在H F信號中(低頻信號發生,該尋軌設計意圖由 存在之光碟標準於光碟讀取期間忽略,擺動紋遒制訂在CD 和DVD中的該可寫入和可再寫入標準中。 和本發明倒置光碟有關聯地是這些後期光碟幾何允許在 Μ倒置光碟上之非操作結構的有目的、同時和可鑑別偵 測0 本發明因此提供如上述之倒置光碟,其中該操作結構包 含擺動紋道。如該製造處處理,該擺動,,紋道”以正浮 -U-------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) -12- 1247894 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 五、發明說明(1〇 ) $馬前向影像(處理1}或是以負浮雕呈現爲前向影像。後期 t向加強非#作結構如特定分析物信號元素之定中心爲在 ^取期間的尋轨結構之上。和光碟資訊層共焦配置以及雷 身J最接近之非操作結構爲可同時與擺動紋道偵測以及其信 號可由擺動紋遒鑑別。 由此呈現之例子2 -3實際説明本發明單一資料層、前向 影像擺動紋道、正浮雕倒置光碟之成功使用以(1)藉由免疫 刀析偵測人體血液中的IgG,(2)以利用最小修正之光碟閲 讀機藉由特定免疫學的反應將光碟表面上捕獲的人體紅血 球加以偵測以及特徵化。例子7實際説明核酸基礎驗定調 適爲由此説明的偵測原理。 圖式之簡單説明 本發明上述和其他目的及優點依據與附圖有關聯之下列 詳細説明的考量而變得明顯,該圖不以一定比例描输,其 中類似文字在整個附圖中引用爲類似元件,以及其中: 圖1顯示單層CD類別光碟和閲讀機,而圖1 a呈現定向爲 謂取C D光碟之間讀機光學拾音器的侧視圖,該光碟以丨到面 橫斷面圖顯示,而雷射光路徑以線指示;而圖i B以&amp;大放 大率顯示相同定向之光碟侧面橫斷面圖;以及圖lc顯示具 有擺動紋道之CD-R光碟的透視圖; 圖2 A和圖2 B分別顯示典型3 -射束拾音器相對於κ _ 軌之射束位置,以及使用3 -射束於尋軌、聚焦和讀取之典 範光碟偵測器與相關電子; ’ 圖3顯示用於建立單一資料層光碟’其中圖3A顯示標準 -13- 本紙張尺度適用中_家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X四7公复) ^ ------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) A7V. INSTRUCTIONS (5)· INTELLIGENT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY SECTOR Employees' Consumer Cooperatives Printed in the related art of optical discs, there is a need to allow a standard disc reader/per unit to be placed on a disc by a non-operating structure such as a disc The 2 elements simultaneously and arbitrarily capture signals, and the signals are generated by a disc operating structure such as a tracking structure. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention solves the related problems of the related art by providing an optical disc, a method of manufacturing the same, and a method of reading the optical disc, wherein the optical disc allows the inter-disc reader/writer to be configured on a disc by a non-operational structure such as a disc. The particular analyte signal element on it simultaneously and identifiably captures the signal, and the signal is generated by a disc manipulation structure such as a seek structure. The present invention is based in part on new discoveries that the non-operating structure can be confocal with the disc operating structure, as well as the laser closest to the previously applied reflective layer, thus addressing the optical problem of maintaining the focus on both the operative and non-operating structures. This geometry is achieved by fabricating a new optical disc, wherein the imaged surface of the complete substrate of the optical disc (that is, the surface of the substrate that contributes to the information layer of the optical disc) appears as the closest surface to the laser of the substrate ("inverted disc," Because the radius of the beam on the operating focal plane is substantially smaller than the radius of the beam on the first surface of the disc', these inverted discs make it possible to use sub-micron inoperative operation in a new way. Such a disc can be utilized The conventional master is manufactured as a stamper, thereby producing a forward image inverted disc having an operational structure presented in a positive relief. The second manufacturing process, in which a parent or a sub-sheet is used as a stamper, can also be utilized. In the second manufacturing process, the main film has an image opposite to the conventional one; the image is inverted to the image with a negative embossing operation -8 - the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ) -------IT---------^ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1247894 A7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative System and invention description (6 structure. Therefore, 'in preparation for going to AW, »_ |』 f signin', the present invention presents a substrate comprising a substrate having a patterned surface deducted from the two sides and the outer surface, The patterned surface of the substrate facilitates a first-disc information layer, wherein when the volume A 1 _ ? substrate substrate patterned surface appears as the laser closest to the outer surface of the neck, the information layer includes an operation surface that can be searched by the optical disk drive. When the invention is manufactured, the operation structure of the inverted optical disc can be configured to be an embossed forward image. In this method, the operation of the optical disc can be configured in a track-and-track manner. In the information layer plane, the information layer is at the farthest end of the additional surface of the substrate. ^ When the processing of the moon is processed, the operating structure of the inverted optical disk can be configured as a negative relief front image. In this orientation, The operating structure of the optical disc is configurably disposed in the plane of the information layer, the information layer being closest to the additional surface of the substrate. In a specific embodiment, the inverted optical disc further includes at least one non-operating structure, the Μ structure and the operating structure ( particular The search may be read at the same time. In particular embodiments of the specific embodiments, the non-operational structure may be a specific analyte signal element, and a disc-operated structure confocal configuration. In another feature, the present invention provides A method of manufacturing such an inverted optical disc. Thus, the present invention provides a method for fabricating a forward image, a embossed inverted optical disc. The optical disc substrate has a track-searchable structure, the method comprising: forming a track-reproducible operation a stamper of the structure having an equal image orientation and relief of the standard master; and thereafter forming the disc substrate directly from the stamper. In a second method, the present invention provides a method of fabricating a front image, a negative relief inverted disc The disc substrate has a track-operating structure, 9 - the paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -l· —------------- --Book --------- line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed 1247994 A7 __;_ B7___ V. Invention description (7) Method includes: shape Forming the opposite main film, forming a stamp having an image orientation opposite to the opposite main sheet and embossing; and thereafter forming the optical disc substrate directly from the stamper. In another embodiment, one of the aforementioned new processes can be performed using a CD-R or CD-RW master (or vice versa) and the mold is a DVD face mask. Such newly formed optical discs and optical discs cast in CD molds have a reduced depth. The present invention also provides a method for fabricating an inverted optical disc that utilizes an inverted optical disc substrate to accommodate a track-readable reading of a non-operational structure. In this first particular embodiment, the present invention provides for fabricating a rewritable optical disc having a simultaneously readable non-operational structure, the method comprising: applying a reflective layer to a patterned surface of the inverted optical disc substrate, and a configuration and The reflective layer has a confocal and non-operating structure with a laser approaching. The child inverted optical disk substrate can be prepared by any of the foregoing. For the forward image/positive embossed inverted disc or the forward/negative embossed inverted optical disc of the present invention, there is no transparent substrate layer for the laser to approach the optical disc communication layer. Therefore, an additional device is required to change the length of the optical path, thus enhancing the focus of the incident laser on the surface of the reflective layer of the optical disc. This can be accomplished by attaching a non-integral or integral laser refractive member to the cover of the inverted disc laser access side to create the optical disc assembly. The cover acts as a refraction and thus further focuses the incident beam onto the disc operating plane. Accordingly, in another feature, the present invention provides a disc assembly having a readable non-operational structure, the assembly comprising: an inverted disc and a cover, wherein the panel further focuses the incident beam onto the disc information layer. In some specific ____·10- this paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public f) ^99-------^--------- (please read first Precautions on the back page Fill in this page) 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed V. Inventive Note (8) In the embodiment, the cover is not integrated into the optical disc and can be attached thereto. In other embodiments, the cover is integrated into the optical disc. In some embodiments, the cover is essentially composed of plastic, consists essentially of glass, or consists essentially of pieces. The present invention provides other ways of achieving a non-operating mode confocal configuration. Thus, in another feature, the image of the optical disc operating structure, particularly the image of the track searchable structure, is projected onto the plane confocal with the non-operating structure. In a preferred embodiment, a reflected hologram is used. The advantages of the hologram include the physical separation of the operational structure and the non-operational structure on the optical disc. An additional way of separating such entities is to utilize multi-layer DVD technology. Accordingly, in another feature, the present invention provides a disc having a readable non-operating structure, including a reflective layer; an additional reflective layer; and a non-operational structure, wherein the reflective layer or the additional reflective layer has an inter-disc reader The structure of the search, and wherein the non-operational structure and the searchable structure are readable. In a typical embodiment compatible with the DVD standard, one of the reflective layers is semi-reflective, and the non-operative structure and the reflective layer or semi-reflective layer are confocal. While the new approach described above solves the optical problem of establishing focus on both the operational and non-operational structures, they do not themselves require simultaneous detection of the structure. First, these approaches do not need to address the problem of maintaining tracking, focusing, and synchronization (speed control) when presenting such a confocal configuration non-operational structure. Second, the non-operational configuration of the confocal configuration with the operational aspect (e. g., the hole) may cause insufficient signal to be distinguished by the operational signal to prevent such discrimination. This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm -------^--------- (please read the note on the back? Please fill out this page again) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 Factory - _____ Β 7 V. Invention Description (9) The present invention further relies on the discovery of electrical signals generated during reading with new information content that is more informative than previously known. That is, the electrical signal is designed to provide two specific categories of information - the signal is required for the operation of the disc and the asset is digitally encoded on the disc - in fact, it can be queried and measured in a variety of ways to reveal relevant The optical entity structure has not been previously developed with extensive information. Furthermore, the present invention actually illustrates that the required operational components of these electrical signals can be surely removed from the 'thus releasing the remaining ## component for the non-operational measurement without interfering with success. Driving operation. Therefore, in another feature, the present invention provides a separation of the portion ## designed to allow operation of the optical disc, and in particular, a portion of the signal required for tracking the optical disc is used. Reporting the partial signal separation of the non-operational structure reactions on the optical disc. In a series of exemplary embodiments, the optical disc is presented to allow the tracking signal to be separated by the non-operating signal frequency of the HF (RF, Four Columns) signal; The situation allows the HF signal to be used to report information that is configured on the non-operational structure. This purposeful separation of the HF signal's seek signal is to use the seek design to % into 'only in the HF signal (low frequency signal generation, the seek The rail design is intended to be ignored by the existing disc standard during disc reading, which is formulated in the writable and rewritable standards in CDs and DVDs. Associated with the inverted discs of the present invention are these late disc geometries. A purposeful, simultaneous and identifiable detection of a non-operating structure on an inverted optical disc. The present invention thus provides an inverted optical disc as described above, wherein the operational structure includes a wobble track. If the manufacturing process is processed, the wobble,纹道" with positive float-U------------------- order--------- line (please read the phonetic on the back? Page) -12- 1247894 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Officer Workers' consumption cooperatives print A7 V. Invention description (1〇) $ horse forward image (processing 1} or negative embossing as forward image. Late t to strengthen non-# structure such as specific analyte signal element The center is above the tracking structure during the capture period. The confocal configuration of the disc information layer and the non-operational structure closest to the Thunder J are simultaneously detectable with the wobble track and its signal can be identified by the wobble pattern. Example 2-3 shows the successful use of the single data layer, the forward image wobble track, and the embossed inverted optical disc of the present invention to (1) detect IgG in human blood by immunostaining, and (2) utilize The minimally corrected optical disc reader detects and characterizes human red blood cells captured on the surface of the disc by a specific immunological response. Example 7 actually illustrates the adaptation of the nucleic acid base assay to the detection principle thus described. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS The above and other objects and advantages of the present invention will become apparent from the following detailed description of the accompanying drawings in which <RTIgt; Components, and wherein: Figure 1 shows a single-layer CD category disc and reader, and Figure 1a shows a side view of a reader optical pickup that is oriented between CDs, which is shown in a cross-sectional view. The laser light path is indicated by a line; and the image i B shows a side cross-sectional view of the same orientation of the optical disk with a large magnification; and FIG. 1c shows a perspective view of the CD-R optical disk with the wobbled track; Figure 2B shows the beam position of a typical 3-beam pickup with respect to the κ _ track, and a typical optical disc detector and associated electrons using 3-beam for tracking, focusing and reading; 'Figure 3 shows In the establishment of a single data layer disc 'Figure 3A shows the standard -13 - This paper scale applies _ home standard (CNS) A4 specifications (21 〇 X four 7 public) ^ ------ order ------- ----Line (please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill in this page again) A7

1247894 五、發明說明(11 ) 電~和基體化處理〜 圖3 B顯tf如本發明之修正處理,並中 母片使用爲壓模,逯上j、 、 建立如本發明之前向影像、正浮雕倒置 光碟;圖3 C顯示為圍,Λ ^^ 碰 在国3 Α中沖壓之傳统CD-R光碟基板以反 射層和防護層完成,相對於訊問雷射加以定向·圖3〇顯示 在圖3B中壓P之‘向影像,正浮雕倒置光碟以反射層和非 操作結構完成,相對於傳统訊問雷射加以定向;圖3E顯示 本發月藉由在“準電鎿和基體化處理中使用反向影像主片 光碟而獲得之前向影像/負浮雕倒置光碟·, 圖4顯示應用於以侧面橫塵于面圖顯示之傳統單—層^ d _類 別光碟之空氣入射、雷射最接近第一表面的結構,實際説 明至閱讀機光學拾音器以及由閲讀機光學拾音器產生之光 學路徑的中斷; 圖5實際説明藉由將傳统類別光碟加以反向而發生之 一類型反轉,而圖5 a和圖5B以側面橫斷面圖實際説明實 體結構之反轉,雷射遠端結構導致雷射接近以及雷射接近 結構成爲雷射遠端,而圖5 C和圖5d實際説明尋軌結構反 轉影像,此處爲螺旋; 圖6爲定位於讀取以侧面横斷面圖顯示之本發明單一層、 第一表面、可尋軌特定分析物光碟之光學拾音器侧視圖, 而雷射光學路徑以線指示,而圖6 A實際説明在另外增加聚 焦透鏡至光學拾音器之前的焦點,而圖6 B實際説明另外增 加聚焦透鏡至光學拾音器時焦點的改變; 圖7示意分子成分,建立在本發明第一表面、可尋軌特定 分析物光碟之反射表面上的IgG-特定免疫分析,而圖7 A顯 -14- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) ώψ 訂---------線. 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(12 ) 示樣本增加之前的驗定格點而圖7 B顯示由人體血液樣本中 之IgG調解的膠乳球體之特定免疫附著,接著增加人體血 液樣本以及此後另外藉由增加抗-IgG共軛膠乳球體而“發 展”; 圖8爲應用人體血液和抗體共軛膠乳球體之後由部分IgG-特定第一表面特定分析輪可尋執驗足光碟之光微觀檢視捕 獲的視頻影像; 圖9和圖10爲特定免疫附著至第一表面可尋執人體- IgG 特定光碟之單一膠乳球體的原子力微觀(AFM)影像,使用 較圖8稍高的放大率,具有在影像擷取期間由AFM所觀察之 總結定量大小; 圖11爲特定免疫附著至第一表面可尋執人體-IgG特定光 碟之二膠乳球體的原子力微觀(AFM)影像以及呈現在相同 AFM領域中,具有在影像擷取期間由AFM所觀察之總結定 量大小; 圖1 2爲AFM影像以及特定免疫附著至第一表面可尋軌人 體 RBC-特定光碟的紅血球(RBC)定量大小總結; 圖13爲顯示由光碟閱讀機在特定免疫附著至第一表面可 尋軌人體-RBC-特定光碟之RBC上可尋軌掃描所獲得H F (四列總和)信號之特定分析物擾動的數位示波器追縱,X 軸顯示時間而Υ軸顯示四列總和信號大小; 圖14-17呈現顯示由光碟閲讀機在特定免疫附著至第一表 面可尋軌人體-RBC-特定光碟之一些分離RBC上可尋執掃 描所獲得HF (四列總和)信號之特定分析物擾動的數位示 -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) l·-----------Αν-------訂---------^^99 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(13) 波器追蹤,X軸顯示時間而γ軸顯示四列總和信號大小; 圖18由相同光碟類取之多數事件的數位重疊,實際説明 在一些特定免疫附著至光碟之不同rBC大小和形狀量測之 再生性; 圖1 9爲本發明以非整合雷射接近、雷射折射蓋板之單一 層可尋轨特定分析物光碟的侧面橫斷面圖; 圖20顯示本發明單一層可尋軌特定分析物光碟的較佳具 體實施例,以反射全像編碼之光碟操作結構反射與在光碟 第一表面上配置之非操作結構共焦的平面中之光碟尋執結 構的影像; 圖2 1顯示依據區域常術線性速度(ZCLV)標準建造之光碟 實體組織的簡化上側視圖; 圖22顯示圖21之ZCLV光碟其中之一扇區的放大透視 圖; 圖23顯示配置在ZCLV第一表面特定分析物光碟扇區之擺 動紋面和紋道區域上的非操作結構; 圖24顯示典型雙層DVD格式光碟之侧面橫斷面圖; 圖2 5顯示可組合雙資料層特定分析物驗定光碟的放大側 面透視圖; 圖26顯示包含内部通遒之雙層特定分析物驗定光碟具體 實施例的側面橫斷面圖; 圖2 7顯示以内部驗定-加強結構之雙層特定分析物驗定 光碟的側面橫斷面圖; 圖2 8本發明另一顯示雙層特定分析物驗定光碟的侧面橫 -16- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) —-----訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 _— B7 五、發明說明(14) 斷面圖; 圖29顯示雙層特定分析物光碟的另一具體實施例; 圖3 0顯示嚙合在光碟紋道中球面發出信號一部份之側面 橫斷面圖,標示各種尺寸大小; 圖31呈現本發明單一資料層光碟内徑之AFM檢視產生的 資料,該光碟更進一步最佳化於相對圖8 _圖1 2的第一表面 偵測’以及具有大約近似1〇〇 nm之報告紋遒深度; 圖32呈現本發明單一資料層光碟外徑之AFM檢視產生的 資料’該光碟更進一步最佳化於相對圖8 -圖12的第一表面 偵測,以及具有大約近似1〇 1 nm之報告紋道深度; 圖3 3呈現用以沖壓在圖3 i和圖3 2量測之光碟的,,母片,, 内徑之AFM檢視產生的資料; 圖3 4呈現用以沖壓在圖3 1和圖3 2量測之光碟的,,母片,, 外徑之AFM檢視產生的資料; 圖35爲聚碳酸脂雷射折射蓋板的上透視圖,和圖31和圖 32之光碟一起使用已產生如圖4〇所示之資料; 圖36示意建立在本發明可尋軌光碟上的核酸基礎之特定 分析物驗定格點,其中單一 2·8 μπι球體特定附著至光碟表 面爲藉由核酸順序補充加以驅動; 圖37呈現3光碟之光微觀影像,各影像爲2放大率,利用 圖36所示之驗定幾何加以建立,圖3?A顯示球體之核酸順 序補充驅動附著至20千萬億分之一莫耳(2〇&gt;&lt;丨〇七莫耳、目 標核酸;圖37B顯示球體之核酸順序補充驅動附著至2〇百 億億分之一莫耳(20 χΐ〇Μ莫耳)目標核酸;圖37c顯示球體 -------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)1247894 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (11) Electron and substrate processing ~ Figure 3 B shows tf as the correction process of the present invention, and the master piece is used as a stamper, and the image is formed before the present invention. The embossed inverted disc; Figure 3 C shows the surrounding, Λ ^^ The traditional CD-R disc substrate punched in the country 3 以 is completed with the reflective layer and the protective layer, oriented relative to the interrogating laser. Figure 3〇 3B medium pressure P's to the image, the embossed inverted optical disc is completed with reflective layer and non-operational structure, and is oriented relative to the traditional interrogation laser; Figure 3E shows that this month is used in "quasi-electricity and substrate processing" Reverse image main film disc to obtain the previous image/negative embossed inverted disc. · Figure 4 shows the application of the air applied to the traditional single-layer ^ d _ category disc with side-by-side cross-surface display. The laser is closest to the first The structure of a surface, the actual description of the optical pickup of the reader and the interruption of the optical path produced by the optical pickup of the reader; Figure 5 actually illustrates one type of inversion by reversing the conventional category of discs, and Figure 5a And Figure 5B The side cross-sectional view actually illustrates the reversal of the solid structure, the laser distal structure causes the laser to approach and the laser approaches the structure to become the far end of the laser, while Figures 5C and 5d actually illustrate the reversed image of the tracking structure. Figure 6 is a side view of an optical pickup positioned to read a single layer, a first surface, a trackable specific analyte optical disc of the present invention, shown in a side cross-sectional view, with the laser optical path indicated by a line, 6A actually illustrates the focus before the focus lens is additionally added to the optical pickup, and FIG. 6B actually illustrates the change of the focus when the focus lens is additionally added to the optical pickup; FIG. 7 illustrates the molecular composition, which is established on the first surface of the present invention, The IgG-specific immunoassay on the reflective surface of a specific analyte CD can be tracked, while Figure 7 A-14 - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the back first) Note: Please fill out this page) ώψ Order---------Line. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed V. Explain that (12) shows the test grid before the sample is increased and Figure 7B shows the specific immune attachment of the latex spheres mediated by IgG in the human blood sample, followed by an increase in the human blood sample and thereafter by additional anti-IgG conjugate The latex sphere is "developed"; Figure 8 is a video image captured by a microscopic inspection of the light of a part of the IgG-specific first surface specific analysis wheel after application of human blood and antibody conjugated latex spheres; Figure 9 and Figure 10 is an atomic force microscopic (AFM) image of a single latex sphere that is attached to the first surface for specific immunity to the human-IgG-specific disc, using a slightly higher magnification than Figure 8, with the AFM observed during image capture. Summarizing the quantitative size; Figure 11 is an atomic force microscopic (AFM) image of a specific latex-attached body-IgG-specific disc-dispersing globule, and presented in the same AFM field, with AFM in the image capture period. Observe the quantitative size of the observation; Figure 1 2 shows the AFM image and the red blood cell (RBC) of the specific RBC-specific CD attached to the first surface. Summary of Sizes; Figure 13 is a graph showing the specific analyte perturbation of the HF (four-column sum) signal obtained by the optically-displaceable scan on the RBC of the first surface traceable human-RBC-specific disc by the optical disc reader. The digital oscilloscope tracks, the X-axis displays the time and the x-axis shows the four-column sum signal size; Figure 14-17 shows some of the separated RBCs that are attached to the first surface by the CD reader to the first surface steerable human-RBC-specific disc. The digital representation of the specific analyte perturbation of the HF (four-column sum) signal obtained on the searchable scan -15- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) l·---- -------Αν-------Book---------^^99 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1247894 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (13) Waveper tracking, X-axis shows time and γ-axis shows four-column sum signal size; Figure 18 is the overlap of most events taken by the same disc class, actually indicating some specific immune attachment Reproducibility of different rBC size and shape measurements to the disc; 19 is a side cross-sectional view of a single layer of a specific analyte optical disk that can be tracked by a non-integrated laser proximity, laser refractive cover; FIG. 20 shows a comparison of a single layer of a specific analyte optical disk of the present invention. In a preferred embodiment, the optical disc operating structure that reflects the holographic image reflects an image of the optical disc seek structure in a plane confocal with the non-operating structure disposed on the first surface of the optical disc; FIG. 2 shows a linear velocity according to the area. (ZCLV) Simplified upper side view of a standard constructed optical disc physical organization; Figure 22 shows an enlarged perspective view of one of the sectors of the ZCLV disc of Figure 21; Figure 23 shows the wobble pattern of a particular analyte disc sector disposed on the first surface of the ZCLV Figure 2 shows a side cross-sectional view of a typical double-layer DVD format disc; Figure 25 shows an enlarged side perspective view of a combinable dual-data layer specific analyte verification disc; Figure 26 A side cross-sectional view showing a specific embodiment of a two-layer specific analyte verification optical disc containing an internal wanted; Figure 2 7 shows a two-layer specific analyte verification light with an internal verification-reinforced structure Side cross-sectional view; Figure 2 8 Another aspect of the invention showing the double-layer specific analyte verification of the side of the optical disc - 16 - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public) --- ----Book---------Line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 _- B7 V. Invention Description (14) Figure 29 shows another embodiment of a two-layer specific analyte optical disc; Figure 30 shows a side cross-sectional view of a portion of the spherical signal emitted in the disc track, indicating various sizes; The data generated by the AFM inspection of the inner diameter of the single data layer of the present invention is further optimized for the first surface detection of FIG. 8 - FIG. 12 and the reported texture depth of approximately 1 〇〇 nm. Figure 32 is a representation of the AFM inspection of the outer diameter of a single data layer disc of the present invention. The optical disc is further optimized for first surface detection relative to Figures 8 - 12 and has a report of approximately approximately 1 〇 1 nm. Grain depth; Figure 3 3 is presented for stamping at 3 i and Fig. 3 2 measured optical disc, master, and inner diameter AFM inspection data; Figure 3 4 shows the disc used to stamp the optical discs measured in Fig. 31 and Fig. 3, the master , AFM inspection of the outer diameter of the data; Figure 35 is a perspective view of the polycarbonate laser refraction cover, and the use of the optical disc of Figure 31 and Figure 32 has produced the data shown in Figure 4; Figure 36 A specific analyte verification grid based on the nucleic acid base of the present invention is illustrated, wherein a single 2·8 μπι sphere is specifically attached to the surface of the disc for driving by nucleic acid sequence complementation; FIG. 37 presents a light microscopic of 3 discs. The image, each image is 2 magnifications, and is established using the verification geometry shown in Figure 36. Figure 3A shows that the nucleic acid sequence of the sphere is supplementally driven to attach to 20 teraflops (2〇&gt;&lt;丨〇七莫耳, target nucleic acid; Figure 37B shows that the nucleic acid sequence of the sphere is supplementally driven to attach to 2 tera billion of moor (20 χΐ〇Μ mol) target nucleic acid; Figure 37c shows the sphere ----- --Book --------- line (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

A -17 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 Δ7 Α7 ___Β7 _ 五、發明說明(15 ) 之核酸順序補充驅動附著至20十兆億分之一莫耳(20 χ 1 〇-21 莫耳)目標核酸; 圖38爲在等於圖31和圖32中以AFM量測的那些光碟雷射 最接近表面大小的300 X放大率擴取之二維合成光微觀影 像,2·8 μιη球體爲靜電附接於金屬化表面以及實質上手動 地沿紋道對齊; 圖3 9爲如圖3 8所示之相同光碟的較高放大率部分; 圖40顯示沿著通過圖39顯示之光碟區域中的單一磁執之 H F信號報告的電反應;以及 圖4 1呈現例子5中説明之光碟製造所使用鑄模的設定, 以及顯示在圖31、32、37、38和39。 圖式之詳細説明 舄了使由此説明之本發明完全被瞭解,所以陳述下列詳 細説明。在該説明中,利用下列術語。 §由此使用時,該術語“徑向”表示在至少一光碟資料編 碼表面(亦即光碟資訊層光學可偵測表面)的平面中,沿著 哥轨螺旋前進或是後退的方向。如本發明之光碟表面,可 以是内部或是外部表面。 當由此使用時,該術語“切線,,表示在至少一光碟資料編 碼表面的平面中,沿著由該光碟中心向外周描繪的線之向 内或是向外的方向。 當由此使用時,該術語“徑向平面,,視爲該光碟可尋軌(亦 即螺旋尋軌)結構所配置的平面,以及是至少一光碟資料编 碼表面的平面。 -------1--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A -17 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 Δ7 Α7 ___Β7 _ V. Invention Note (15) The nucleic acid sequence supplement drive is attached to 20 teraflops (20 χ 1 〇-21 摩尔) Target nucleic acid; Fig. 38 is a two-dimensional synthetic light microscopic image of 300 X magnification which is closest to the surface size of those optical discs measured by AFM in Fig. 31 and Fig. 32, and the 2·8 μιη sphere is electrostatic Attached to the metallized surface and substantially manually aligned along the track; Figure 39 is a higher magnification portion of the same disc as shown in Figure 38; Figure 40 is shown in the area of the disc shown through Figure 39 The electrical response of the single magnetic HF signal is reported; and Figure 41 presents the settings of the mold used in the manufacture of the optical disk described in Example 5, and is shown in Figures 31, 32, 37, 38 and 39. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION In order that the invention as described is fully understood, the following detailed description is set forth. In this description, the following terms are utilized. § As used herein, the term "radial" means the direction of advancement or retreat along the spiral of the track in the plane of at least one of the disc data encoding surfaces (i.e., the optically detectable surface of the disc information layer). The surface of the optical disc of the present invention may be an internal or external surface. When used thereby, the term "tangent," means in the plane of at least one of the disc-encoding surfaces, in the direction of the line drawn from the center of the disc to the outer circumference, inward or outward. The term "radial plane" is taken as the plane in which the disc can be tracked (i.e., spiral tracked) and is the plane of at least one of the disc data encoding surfaces. -------1--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page)

A7 1247894 B7 五、發明說明(16 ) 當由此使用時,該術語“非操作結構”意義爲配置在光碟 表面上或是光碟Λ的任何結構,當該光碟由光碟閲讀機讀 取時,該結構能狗產生信號,然而該結構信號不是讀取期 間的驅動操作所需(雖然可能爲有利)。非操作結構包含, 例如特定分析物信號元素,如下文緊接著所説明。 當由此使用時,該術語“特定分析物信號元素”視爲可以 用以發出信號爲在應用至光碟之樣本中特定分析物存在的 任何非操作結構。該術語因此尤其包含,由此舉例證明之 該信號元素-包含串珠及細胞-以及在尚審理中及共同擁有 之美國專利申請案案號爲〇8/888,935號,1997年7月7日申 請;09/120,049 號,1998 年7 月 21 日申請;09/183,842 號, 1998年10月30日申請;09/311,329,1999年5月14日申請; 60/134,368,1999 年 5 月 14 日申請;Siddiqi 等人之“Methods and Apparatus for Physically Patterning Nonoperational Structures on an Optical Disc,”美國臨時專利申請案案號爲第 60/150.287¾,1999年8月23曰申請(事務所檔案案號BURST-14P) ; Worthington 等人之“Methods and Apparatus forA7 1247894 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (16) When used herein, the term "non-operating structure" means any structure disposed on the surface of a disc or on a disc, when the disc is read by a disc reader, The structure can produce a signal to the dog, however the structural signal is not required (although advantageous) for the driving operation during reading. Non-operational structures include, for example, specific analyte signal elements, as explained below. When used herein, the term "specific analyte signal element" is taken to mean any non-operational structure that can be used to signal the presence of a particular analyte in a sample applied to the disc. The term thus includes, inter alia, that the signal element, including the beading and the cell, as exemplified, and the commonly-owned and co-owned U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 8/888,935, filed on July 7, 1997; 09/120,049, application on July 21, 1998; 09/183,842, application on October 30, 1998; 09/311,329, application on May 14, 1999; 60/134,368, May 14, 1999 Application; Siddiqi et al., "Methods and Apparatus for Physically Patterning Nonoperational Structures on an Optical Disc," US Provisional Patent Application No. 60/150.2873⁄4, August 23, 1999 application (Office file number BURST- 14P); Worthington et al., Methods and Apparatus for

Analyzing Operational and Nonoperational Data Acquired from Optical Discs,”美國申請案序號爲第09/378.878號,1999年8 月23曰申請(事務所檔案案號BURST-15);以及Worthington 等人之 “Methods and Apparatus for Optical Disc Data Acquisition Using Physical Synchronization Markers,” 美國臨 時專利申請案案序號爲第60/150.288#.,1999年8月23曰申 請(事務所檔案案號BURST_18P)的那些信號元素;這些專 -19 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -------tr---------Μ, 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(17) 利申請案中的文獻在此處以k及的方式併入本文中。該術 語包含單獨由光碟間讀機可偵測的那些結構以及需要額外 組件而成爲可偵測的那些結構。 爲提供用於本發明更進一步討論的一些背景,傳统光碟 之突起結構和圖1有關聯地加以簡短説明。 圖1 A描繪光學拾音器(接物組件)10和標準CD-類別光 碟1 1 ’而在二組件之間的光路徑以虛線指示。爲了明確 性’圖1 A描緣光學拾音器组件的最小配對件。圖1 b提供 光碟1 1相對於入射雷射爲相同方位的侧面橫斷面放大圖。 參考圖1A和圖1B,該光學拾音器包含雷射源19、透鏡 12-14 '光束分裂器1 5、四分波片20和偵測器1 8。雷射源 19典型地爲雷射二極體,發射雷射光束而經由光束分裂器 1 5傳輸以及之後由透鏡1 2照準。該照準之光束之後由光束 分裂器15反射而往前至光碟11。物鏡13將雷射光束聚焦 在光碟1 1雷射接近或是第一表面上的小點。 雷射光束由光碟反射層114 (在傳統CD-類別中,第二表 明)表面反射以及經由物鏡1 3和四分波片2 0回轉至光束分 裂器15。光束分裂器15導引反射之雷射光束經由透鏡 1 4,該透鏡將聚焦在偵測器1 8上。散光元件1 6可以被包 含在光束分裂器1 5與偵測器1 8之間以導入在反射之雷射光 束中的散光。 如圖1B之更詳細顯示,CD -類別光碟11包括3實體層: 由雷射接近至雷射遠端爲透明基板112、反射層114和防護 層116。各層組合總深度微不足道地爲1.2 mm。該圖爲不成 -20- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 Α7 — Β7 五、發明說明(18) 比例加以繪畫。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 當沿著光軸量測時,透明基板112組成典型CD-類別光碟 1.2 mm厚度的大部分,以及作用爲光學和結構功能。這些 雙重角色指定該基板112具有平面表面和圖樣化表面··而傳 統光碟在傳統讀取期間’平面表面呈現爲基板二表面之雷 射接近表面,以及圖樣化表面呈現爲基板二表面之雷射遠 端表面。 相對於其光學功能,透明基板112的折射性質作用爲將單 色系統中的光學路徑縮短;基本上,透明基板112更進一步 作用爲將入射雷射聚焦在反射層114上:在CD -類別光碟雷 射接近表面或是第一表面上,雷射點具有大約8〇〇 μιη的直 徑;透明基板112更進一步將光束聚焦,在此光碟第二表面 之反射表面114上達成大約1·7 μιη的直徑。在典型CD中, 透明基板112主要由聚碳酸脂組成,以及因此具有j 55的折 射指數。對熟知相關技藝之人士而言,可以使用除聚碳酸 脂以外之其他材料是明顯的,只要材料厚度和折射指數提 供光碟閲讀機聚焦系統足夠的輔助以確定聚焦在反射層n4 上。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 透明基板112亦提供光碟1 1的主要結構整合性。反射層 114厚度大約爲0.05至0.1 μιη,以及防護層116典型地包括亮 漆材料,當外露在UV光線時將變硬,厚度介於10與3〇微 米之間。因此,透明基板112組成光碟的主實體層,以及是 唯一能夠傳獸足夠剛性至光碟以保留光碟操作結構的一 層。 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(19) 基板層112典型以螺旋磁軌壓製,該磁執由光碟最内部可 謂取部分往外螺旋至光碟最外部可讀取部分。在不可記錄 光碟中,此磁軌爲由一系列訊洞组成,各訊洞具有大約爲 光線波長1 / 4倍的深度’用以讀取該光碟。該訊洞具有變 化長度,該訊洞長度和間隔將資料加以編碼。如下文更進 一步討論’標準CD-R可記錄光諜包含螺旋紋道而非訊洞。 此種擺動紋道118的一些部分橫斷面圖以圖1C的透視圖加 以圖示顯示。 反射層114厚度大约爲〇·〇5至〇·ΐ微米,以及典型地包括反 射金屬材料,如鋁、銀、金或銅。反射層U4爲典型地經由 磁%管噴灑處理應用至基板112圖樣化表面。另一種處理, 蒸敷法可加以使用,但是較慢得多。化學濕法“鍍銀,,處理 (使用銀、鎳或是其他金屬)亦可以加以使用以形成在透明 基板112圖樣化表面上的反射層114。 防護層116典型地包括壳漆材料,當外露在紫外線(uv)光 線時,稱爲“curing”處理,材料將變硬,厚度介於1〇與3〇 微米之間。防護層116作用爲防止反射層114刮傷和氧化, 以及提供標號可以印在上面的方便表面。防護層U6典型地 經由自旋鍍層處理應用至透明基板112和反射層114,因此 當外露在U V光線時,小量材料噴灑在接近反射層U4内徑 的光碟上,而且該光碟以高速旋轉,而使薄層材料覆蓋在 光碟表面上。之後,光碟外露在UV光線,而使亮漆材料變 硬。 雖然包括3實體層,光碟11亦被視爲具有“資訊層,,(亦爲 -22- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(2〇 ) “資料層”)115,至少爲透明基板112和反射層114實體促成 該層。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) “資訊層”由二平面界定。對由此之目的而言,‘‘平面A,, 爲雷射最接近徑向平面而“平面B”爲雷射最遠端徑向平 面,琢操作結構延伸至該平面。在標準c D或是單一層DVD 中,只具有單一資訊層,以及該光碟因此傳統上描述爲單 一資料層(或是“單一層,,)光碟。 各種不同C D和DVD標準預期具有微不足遒深度(由光軸 定義之方向)爲1·2 mm以及徑向大小爲12〇 mm的微不足道直 徑光碟。 雖然琢微不足遒厚度爲1.2 mm,光碟技術的資深標準(口 *吾化爲’“紅皮書’,),重新發行爲IEC 908,允許厚度爲1.1-1·5 mm (用於所有層組合)。然而,閱讀機能夠容納一些額 外變化’以及適合由C D和DVD驅動裝置讀取之光碟可以具 有最大大約爲2·4 mm以最小大约爲微不足道〇.8 mm之深 度’較佳舄1·〇· 1.4 mm,更佳地爲1· 1_ 1.3 mm,最佳地爲1.2 mm 0 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 相對於CD和DVD直徑,該標準設定120 mm的微不足道直 徑。然而,光碟閱讀機可以容納徑向直徑爲100_14〇mm的 光碟,較佳爲110-130 mm,更佳地爲115-125 mm,最佳地 爲120 mm。甚至於,該標準亦提供具有直徑爲8 cm (80 mm) 的光碟:底座和箝夾環大小保持和120 mm的光碟相同,深 度亦相同;只有外徑減低,減低光碟的資料區域。商業上 可使用之C D和DVD閲讀機和讀寫器在個別光碟盤上容納此 -23- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X.297公釐) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(21 ) 直徑的光碟。此種光碟呈現實現本發明的特定優點,在這 些優點間爲需要和整個光碟表面接觸而產生效應的測定樣 本容積的等量減低,以及將此種光碟封裝在套筒大小等於 3 1/2”軟性磁碟套筒的該種光碟之能力。 甚至於,各種不同的其他標準如那些定義(磁光)“迷你光 碟或疋類似雷射光碟的標準已經發展,以及其他標準毫無 疑問地將在未來發展。因此,本發明之光碟可以具有徑向 直徑爲50 mm之小以及如標準雷射光碟之大,以及可以調 適爲在未來發展的標準大小。熟知相關技藝之人士將更進 一步認知該術語“光碟,,預期任何合適之可轉動媒體,無論 如何完美地爲圓形。 如一般原則,具有4個操作需求必須符合於典型光碟系統 正確地作用:該閲讀機必須準確地監督以及控制焦點徑 向位置、切線位置和速度。徑向位置和切線位置的控制集 中一起術語化爲尋執。 如上文所討論以及如圖1 B所示意,光碟之透明基板層 Π2需要將閲讀機雷射適當地聚焦在光碟的反射層U4上。 失效於維持正確厚度、透明性和透明基板層n2的折射指數 可能使得反射層II4爲不可讀取。 以及如上文更進一步討論,在層115中編碼之操作結構爲 典型讀取以維持正確尋軌。在標準壓製的C d中,例如,該 閲讀機追蹤壓印在透明基板i 12上的訊洞螺旋。在可記錄 CD中,該閲讀機追蹤螺旋紋道(在窝入期間,參考下文)。 圖4示意應用在典型cd -類別光碟之氣體-入射、雷射接 -24- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 411^&quot;--------------- (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(22 ) 近第一表面的非操作結構4 0 ;該圖使得此種非操作結構將 位於雷射接近入射雷射内定聚焦平面成爲明確,該平面爲 反射表面114。 非操作結構如特定分析物信號元素,如此配置將不可由 標準裝置偵測。 第一,配置在典型CD -類別光碟之氣體-入射、雷射接近 第一表面的非操作結構40不僅爲雷射接近亦且爲正由閲讀 機訊問的外部聚焦平面。這些非操作結構將必須爲在可偵 測之入射表面(800 μιη)上光束大小的範園内。以及最後, 假使爲很大時,這些結構4 0由於介入在雷射和反射層114 之間的特性,可能干擾讀取在反射表面114内編碼的操作結 構。因爲此後者原因,所以在光碟製造期間經歷實質努力 以確定光碟之雷射接近第^一表面實質上沒有瑕病^,部分爲 藉由保持在壓模和主片上的表面爲乾淨以及沒有灰塵。 因此,爲調適標準光碟技術爲包含特定分析物信號元素 的非操作結構之目的偵測,具有新光碟和克服這些問題之 光碟製造技術的需要。具有需要於光碟幾何和尋軌設計以 同時和可鑑別地擴取由配置在光碟表面上之非操作結構產 生的信號。 單一資料層光碟 如本發明原理建立之光碟第一系列具體實施例,由此集 中術語化爲“單一資料層”具體實施例,藉由展現新的方式 而解決這些問題。 第一,我認知到假使該非操作結構實質上可以置放於操 -25- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894Analyzing Operational and Nonoperational Data Acquired from Optical Discs, "US Application Serial No. 09/378.878, August 23, 1999 application (office file number BURST-15); and Worthington et al. "Methods and Apparatus for Optical Disc Data Acquisition Using Physical Synchronization Markers," US Provisional Patent Application No. 60/150.288#., August 23, 1999 application (office file number BURST_18P) for those signal elements; This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) -------tr---------Μ , Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Ministry of Printing, Economy, Intellectual Property, Staff, Consumer Cooperative, Printed, 12,478, 489 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (17) The documents in the application are hereby incorporated herein by reference. The term encompasses those structures that are detectable separately by an inter-disc reader and those that require additional components to be detectable. To provide a further discussion of the present invention. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION The projection structure of a conventional optical disc is briefly described in association with Fig. 1. Fig. 1A depicts an optical pickup (splicing assembly) 10 and a standard CD-class optical disc 1 1 ' and the optical path between the two components is indicated by a broken line. Figure 1b provides a side cross-sectional enlarged view of the optical disc 1 in the same orientation relative to the incident laser. For reference, Figure 1A and Figure 1B, the optical The pickup comprises a laser source 19, a lens 12-14' beam splitter 15, a quarter wave plate 20 and a detector 18. The laser source 19 is typically a laser diode that emits a laser beam via a beam of light. The splitter 15 is transmitted and then calibrated by the lens 12. The beam of sight is then reflected by the beam splitter 15 forward to the disc 11. The objective lens 13 focuses the laser beam on the disc 1 1 near the laser or the first surface The small spot on the laser beam is reflected by the surface of the disc reflection layer 114 (in the conventional CD-class, the second indication) and is rotated to the beam splitter 15 via the objective lens 13 and the quarter-wave plate 20. The beam splitter 15 Guided reflection of the laser beam via a lens 1 4, the lens will be focused on the detector 18. The astigmatism element 16 can be included between the beam splitter 15 and the detector 1 8 to introduce astigmatism in the reflected laser beam. As shown in more detail in Fig. 1B, the CD-class optical disc 11 includes a 3 physical layer: the laser is approached to the distal end of the laser as the transparent substrate 112, the reflective layer 114, and the protective layer 116. The total depth of each layer combination is negligibly 1.2 mm. The figure is not -20- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------------------- Order---- -----Line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1247894 Α7 — Β7 V. Invention Description (18) Proportion to draw. (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page.) When measuring along the optical axis, the transparent substrate 112 forms the majority of the 1.2 mm thickness of a typical CD-class disc, and functions as an optical and structural function. These dual roles specify that the substrate 112 has a planar surface and a patterned surface. · While conventional optical discs are conventionally read, the planar surface appears as a laser close to the surface of the two surfaces of the substrate, and the patterned surface appears as a laser on the surface of the substrate. Distal surface. Relative to its optical function, the refractive nature of the transparent substrate 112 acts to shorten the optical path in the monochromatic system; basically, the transparent substrate 112 acts further to focus the incident laser onto the reflective layer 114: in a CD-class disc The laser is near the surface or the first surface, and the laser spot has a diameter of about 8 μm; the transparent substrate 112 further focuses the beam, and the reflective surface 114 of the second surface of the optical disk reaches about 1·7 μm. diameter. In a typical CD, the transparent substrate 112 is mainly composed of polycarbonate, and thus has a refractive index of j 55 . It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that materials other than polycarbonate can be used as long as the material thickness and refractive index provide sufficient assistance to the disc reader focusing system to determine focus on reflective layer n4. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumers' Cooperatives. The transparent substrate 112 also provides the main structural integration of the CD 11. The reflective layer 114 has a thickness of about 0.05 to 0.1 μm, and the protective layer 116 typically comprises a lacquer material that will harden when exposed to UV light and have a thickness between 10 and 3 micrometers. Therefore, the transparent substrate 112 constitutes the main physical layer of the optical disc, and is the only layer capable of transmitting the animal sufficiently rigid to the optical disc to retain the operating structure of the optical disc. This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 5, invention description (19) The substrate layer 112 is typically suppressed by a spiral track, The magnetism is spiraled from the innermost part of the disc to the outermost readable part of the disc. In a non-recordable disc, the track consists of a series of holes, each having a depth of about 1/4 of the wavelength of the light used to read the disc. The hole has a varying length, and the length and spacing of the hole encodes the data. As discussed further below, the standard CD-R recordable optical spy contains spiral tracks instead of holes. A partial cross-sectional view of such a wobble track 118 is shown graphically in the perspective view of Figure 1C. The reflective layer 114 has a thickness of approximately 〇·〇5 to 〇·ΐ microns, and typically includes a reflective metallic material such as aluminum, silver, gold or copper. Reflective layer U4 is typically applied to substrate 112 patterned surface via a magnetic % tube spray process. Another treatment, steaming, can be used, but much slower. Chemical wet "silver plating, processing (using silver, nickel or other metals) can also be used to form the reflective layer 114 on the patterned surface of the transparent substrate 112. The protective layer 116 typically comprises a shell lacquer material when exposed In the case of ultraviolet (uv) light, known as the "curing" process, the material will harden between 1 〇 and 3 〇 microns. The protective layer 116 acts to prevent the reflective layer 114 from scratching and oxidizing, and provides a label a convenient surface printed thereon. The protective layer U6 is typically applied to the transparent substrate 112 and the reflective layer 114 via spin coating treatment, so that when exposed to UV light, a small amount of material is sprayed onto the disc near the inner diameter of the reflective layer U4, Moreover, the optical disc rotates at a high speed, and the thin layer of material is covered on the surface of the optical disc. Thereafter, the optical disc is exposed to UV light, and the lacquer material is hardened. Although the physical layer is included, the optical disc 11 is also regarded as having an "information layer." , (also -22- This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------- order--------- (please read the back Please fill out this page again) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Description of the Invention (2〇) "Data Layer" 115, at least the transparent substrate 112 and the reflective layer 114 are physically contributed to the layer. (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) The “Information Layer” is defined by the second plane. For this purpose, 'plane A, the laser is closest to the radial plane and plane B is the farthest radial plane of the laser, and the 琢 operating structure extends to this plane. In standard c D or single-layer DVD, there is only a single information layer, and the optical disc is traditionally described as a single data layer (or "single layer,") disc. Various CD and DVD standards are expected to be insignificant. The depth (defined by the optical axis) is 1.2 mm and the radial diameter is 12 mm. The micro-insignificant diameter disc. Although the thickness is 1.2 mm, the senior standard of the disc technology is The Red Book ',), reissued as IEC 908, allows thicknesses of 1.1-1.5 mm (for all layer combinations). However, the reader can accommodate some additional changes' and the discs suitable for reading by CD and DVD drives can have a maximum of approximately 2.4 mm with a minimum of approximately insignificant 〇.8 mm depth 'better 舄1·〇· 1.4 mm, more preferably 1·1_1.3 mm, optimally 1.2 mm 0 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives prints diameters relative to CD and DVD, which sets a negligible diameter of 120 mm. However, the optical disc reader can accommodate a disc having a radial diameter of 100 _14 〇 mm, preferably 110-130 mm, more preferably 115-125 mm, and most preferably 120 mm. Even the standard provides a disc with a diameter of 8 cm (80 mm): the base and the clamp ring are the same size as the 120 mm disc, and the depth is the same; only the outer diameter is reduced, reducing the data area of the disc. Commercially available CD and DVD readers and readers accommodate this on individual discs. -23- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X.297 mm) 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economics The Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed five, invention description (21) diameter disc. Such a disc presents a particular advantage in achieving the present invention, between these advantages being an equivalent reduction in the volume of the assay sample that requires an effect in contact with the entire surface of the disc, and packaging the disc at a sleeve size equal to 3 1/2" The ability of a flexible disk sleeve for such a disc. Even various other standards such as those defined (magneto-optical) "mini discs or 疋-like laser discs have been developed, and other standards will undoubtedly be future development. Therefore, the optical disc of the present invention can have a radial diameter of 50 mm and a large size as a standard laser disc, and can be adapted to a standard size that will be developed in the future. Those skilled in the art will further recognize the term "disc, expecting any suitable rotatable media, which is perfectly circular in any case. As a general rule, having four operational requirements must be consistent with the proper functioning of a typical optical disc system: The reader must accurately monitor and control the focus radial position, tangent position and speed. The control of the radial position and the tangent position is collectively termed as a search. As discussed above and illustrated in Figure 1 B, the disc is transparent. The substrate layer 需要 2 needs to properly focus the reader laser on the reflective layer U4 of the optical disc. Failure to maintain the correct thickness, transparency, and refractive index of the transparent substrate layer n2 may make the reflective layer II4 unreadable. It is discussed that the operational structure encoded in layer 115 is a typical read to maintain proper tracking. In standard pressed Cd, for example, the reader tracks the hole spiral imprinted on transparent substrate i12. In the CD, the reader tracks the spiral track (during the nesting, see below). Figure 4 illustrates the application in a typical cd-category light. Gas of the dish - incident, laser connection -24 - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 411^&quot;--------------- (Please read the phonetic transcription on the back? Please fill out this page again) 1247894 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed A7 B7 V. Invention description (22) Near-first surface non-operational structure 40; The non-operating structure will be defined by the laser approaching the incident laser's internal focus plane, which is the reflective surface 114. Non-operational structures such as specific analyte signal elements, such configurations will not be detectable by standard devices. The CD-class disc gas-incident, non-operating structure 40 with the laser approaching the first surface is not only the laser approach but also the external focus plane being interrogated by the reader. These non-operational structures will have to be detectable. In the plane of the beam size on the incident surface (800 μm), and finally, if large, these structures 40 may interfere with the reading in the reflective surface 114 due to the intervening characteristics between the laser and the reflective layer 114. Operational knot For this latter reason, a substantial effort was made during the manufacture of the optical disc to determine that the laser of the optical disc is substantially free of defects near the first surface, in part by keeping the surface on the stamp and the main sheet clean and without Dust. Therefore, in order to adapt the standard optical disc technology to the purpose of non-operational structures containing specific analyte signal elements, there is a need for new optical discs and optical disc manufacturing techniques to overcome these problems. There is a need for both disc geometry and tracking design to simultaneously And identifiably extending the signal generated by the non-operational structure disposed on the surface of the optical disc. The single data layer optical disc is a first series of specific embodiments of the optical disc established by the principle of the present invention, thereby concentrating the terminology into a "single data layer" specific Embodiments address these issues by presenting new ways. First, I realized that if the non-operating structure can be placed substantially in the operation - 25 - This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------- ------ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1247894

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 作結構的聚焦平面中時,達成同時聚焦在操作結構和非操 作結構的問題將解決,也就是説,實質上和可尋執結構共 焦。將欣賞地是該非操作結構和該操作結構不需要在相等 的聚焦平面中-足以使該非操作結構和該操作結構爲足以共 焦以允許光碟間讀機光學讀窝頭偵測該二結構。 因爲在操作共焦平面上的光束半徑實質上小於在光碟第 一表面上的光束半徑·由透明基板112折射的結果_次微米之 非操作態樣的使用被許可。 然而,難題是將爲可偵測之非操作結構必須爲雷射接近 反射層114 :除非該反射層114爲明顯可傳輸(亦即只有部分 反射,參考下文),置放於反射層114雷射遠端的非操作結 構不比應用於標準CD防護層116上的非操作結構爲可偵 測。以現存光碟和製造處理而言,該非操作結構將必須置 放於透明基板112和反射層114之間以將它們置放冑雷射接 近於反射層U4以及實質上和反射層114共焦。此種解答, 強制反射層114在非操作結構配置之後的單獨化應用,:實 現光碟爲部分快速特定分析物驗定時不可保持。 在此問題的新解答中’由於標準單一資料層cd_類別光 碟心翻轉實體方位的原因(換句話説,在閲讀機中上下顚倒 置放),將呈現其他雷射遠端表面爲光碟之雷射接近表面。 如圖5A和5B所示意,將傳統CD_類別光碟翻轉,是將 防護層116呈現爲光碟的雷射接近第一表面。假使防護層 U6被移除,非操作結構136之後實質上可以置放爲與L射 層114共焦以及雷射接近。 -26- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A9-------^---------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 五、發明說明(24 ) 光碟的另-實體翻轉_幾何上,相對於徑向平 由此足義的術語)繪畫的切線大约18〇。之轉 (如那些 變產生效應。 …使二重太改 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 第:種是實體倒置:在標準光碟中合適地置放 碟閲讀機讀取之雷射接近的結構(亦即平面光 遠端(亦即移動爲平面“B”),而且標準光碟中合適地:射 以用於光碟_機讀取之雷射遠端的結構(㈣平面放 變成雷射接近(亦即移動爲平面“A”)(在圖5a_5b中示 ) 第-種是“邏輯,,或是“影像,,倒冑:由光碟機光學^ (目標組件)的觀點,由光碟操作結構建立的幾何形現 爲映射影像-也就是説,像是反射跨越在徑向平面中繪書^ 切線(如由此定義)反射(在圖5C_SD中示意)。 曰一 孩實體倒置呈現較少困難度:如下文更進一步对i 我 已經發現如CD-R標準之沒有染料的擺動“紋道”可以非常When the Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Office employee consumption cooperative prints the focus plane of the structure, the problem of achieving simultaneous focusing on the operational structure and the non-operational structure will be solved, that is, it is substantially confocal with the searchable structure. It will be appreciated that the non-operational structure and the operational structure need not be in equal focus planes - sufficient for the non-operational structure and the operational structure to be sufficiently confocal to allow the optical inter-disc optical read head to detect the two structures. Since the radius of the beam on the operating confocal plane is substantially smaller than the radius of the beam on the first surface of the disc, the result of the refraction of the transparent substrate 112, the use of non-operating aspects of sub-micron is permitted. However, the challenge is that the non-operating structure that will be detectable must be a laser close to the reflective layer 114: unless the reflective layer 114 is clearly transmissive (ie, only partially reflective, see below), placed on the reflective layer 114 laser The remote non-operational structure is not detectable than the non-operational structure applied to the standard CD protection layer 116. In the case of existing optical discs and fabrication processes, the non-operational structure will have to be placed between the transparent substrate 112 and the reflective layer 114 to place them in proximity to the reflective layer U4 and substantially confocal with the reflective layer 114. Such an answer, the separate application of the forced reflection layer 114 after the non-operational structure configuration: the implementation of the optical disc for some fast specific analytes is not maintained. In the new answer to this question, 'because of the standard single data layer cd_ category disc heart flipping the physical orientation (in other words, up and down in the reader), the other laser's far surface will be presented as a light disc. Shoot close to the surface. As shown in Figures 5A and 5B, the conventional CD_class disc is flipped over by exposing the protective layer 116 as a disc with the laser approaching the first surface. If the protective layer U6 is removed, the non-operating structure 136 can then be placed substantially confocal with the L-ray layer 114 and the laser is close. -26- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) A9-------^---------^ (Please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) 1247894 A7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (24) The other-solid flip of the disc _ geometrically, relative to the radial flatness of the term, the tangent of the painting is approximately 18 〇. Turn (such as those that have an effect. ... make the double too much change (please read the back note first and then fill out this page). The first type is the physical inversion: properly placed in the standard disc to read the disc reader to read the thunder Shooting close to the structure (that is, the far end of the planar light (that is, moving to the plane "B"), and the standard optical disc is suitably: the structure of the laser distal end for the optical disc-machine reading ((4) plane is turned into The laser is close (ie, moved to the plane "A") (shown in Figure 5a-5b). The first type is "logic, or "image,": from the perspective of the optical disc (target component) of the disc, The geometry created by the operating structure of the disc is now mapped to the image - that is, the reflection is reflected across the curved plane in the radial plane (as defined by this definition) (indicated in Figure 5C_SD). Less difficulty: as I go further, I have found that the "striking" without dyes like the CD-R standard can be very

容易地尋軌,無論該擺動“紋道,,爲雷射接近或是雷射遠Z 浮雕。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 然而,當操作結構(特別是尋軌)建立的幾何形式在其映 射影像(亦即,對掌性)上爲不可重疊時,該額外“影像倒置 使資訊在傳統光碟閲讀機中爲不可讀取,,。此後者之問題可 以谷易地由傳統用於以C D格式尋軌的螺旋加以舉例證明。 因此’傳統光碟閲讀機逆時鐘方向旋轉光碟,如由光碟 機拾音器的觀點來看,以及由光碟内徑(“i.d·”)螺旋至光碟 外徑(“o.d.”)。該螺旋因此由光學拾音器觀點顯現,如圖5 C 所示意。當該光碟翻轉以及由反侧看時,有效地反射螺旋 -27 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公餐) A7 1247894 五、發明說明(25 ) 影像在徑向平面的切線上,該螺旋如圖5C所示意加以顯 現,以及不能在傳統光碟機中*i d至〇 (1尋軌。 爲更進一步討論的目的,該片語“前向影像,,由此用以參 考爲由光碟操作結構建立之幾何形式由光碟機光學拾音器 來看在徑向平面中的傳統方位。特別是,該片語由此用以 參考爲由光碟可尋軌結構建立之幾何形式由光碟機光學拾 音器來看在徑向平面中的傳統方位。當應用於光碟時,該 片語由此用以參考爲由光碟可尋執結構本身建立之幾何形 式或是由此參考爲投射影像。 該片語“反向影像,,參考爲反方位_也就是説,參考爲藉由 反射前向影像在徑向平面中繪畫的切線上而獲得的方位。 類似地是,該片語“正浮雕”將由此參考爲操作結構在光 軸(介於資訊層平面“A,,和“B”之間)方向之傳統實體方 位’由光碟機光學拾音器的關點來看。特別是,該片語“正 浮雕”參考爲光碟讀取期間尋轨之操作結構的傳統實體方 位,由光碟機光學拾音器的關點來看。當應用於光碟 該片語參考爲結構本身。 該片語“負洋雕”將參考爲相反實體方位。 當由此使用時,該片語“標準主片,,參考爲影像和浮雕典 型地用以在傳統處理中產生標準光碟之主片光碟。該片語 ‘‘反向主片”視爲具有影像,但不具浮雕,與傳統相反之主 本發明爲部分依據非操作結構可以容易地與光碟操作結 構共焦配置的新發現,以及另外雷射接近於先前應用之反 28- 私紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公爱) --------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 Α7 Β7 五、發明說明(26 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 射層。此爲藉由製造光碟完整基板(也就是説,該基板表面 促成光碟的資訊層)圖樣化表面呈現爲基板最雷射接近表面 (此後稱爲“倒置光碟,,)而完成。 我已經發現此種光碟可以藉由使用傳統母片爲壓模而製 造,因此產生操作結構以正浮雕呈現的前向影像倒置光碟 (匆理1 )。弟一製造處理,其中父片或是子片使用爲壓 模亦加以説明。在此第二處理中,該主片具有與傳統反向 的影像;該形成的前向影像倒置光碟具有以負浮雕呈現之 操作結構。 雖然上述之新方式界決同時建立焦點在非操作結構和操 作結構上的光學問題,但它們本身不需要允許此種結構的 同時偵測。第一,這些方式不需要解決維持此種共焦配置 呈現時非操作結構的尋軌、聚焦和同步(速度控制)問題。 弟二’與操作態樣(例如訊洞)共焦配置的非操作結構可能 造成信號不足以由操作(以及資料編碼)信號區別以由此防 止Μ別。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 現在我已經發現在光碟讀取期間產生的電子信號較先前 已經瞭解地具有更大的資訊内容。也就是説,該電子信號 爲設計以提供二特定類別資訊·用於光碟操作的必要資訊以 及數位式編碼在光碟上的資訊-事實上考以用各種方法查詢 以及量測以揭露先前有關光碟實體結構的未開發之大量豐 富資訊。 甚至於,我已經發明允許這些信號之所需操作分量被分 離的方式,除去該信號其餘部分而不干擾成功的驅動操 -29 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(cns)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) 1247894Easily track, regardless of the swing "grain, for laser proximity or laser far Z embossing. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative prints, however, when operating structures (especially tracking) established geometric forms The additional "image inversion makes the information unreadable in conventional optical disc readers when the mapped images (i.e., the palms) are non-overlapping. The latter problem can be exemplified by the spiral that is traditionally used for tracking in the CDD format. Therefore, the conventional optical disc reader rotates the optical disc in the counterclockwise direction, as viewed from the viewpoint of the optical pickup of the optical disc, and spirals from the inner diameter of the optical disc ("i.d.") to the outer diameter of the optical disc ("o.d."). This spiral thus appears from the point of view of the optical pickup, as illustrated in Figure 5C. When the disc is flipped and viewed from the reverse side, the spiral is effectively reflected -27. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public). A7 1247894 5. Inventive Note (25) Image in radial plane On the tangent line, the spiral is visualized as shown in Figure 5C, and cannot be *id to 〇(1) in a conventional optical disc drive. For the purpose of further discussion, the phrase "forward video," The conventional orientation in the radial plane as seen by the optical pickup of the optical disc drive for the geometric form established by the optical disc operating structure. In particular, the phrase is thus used to reference the optical form established by the disc trackable structure by the optical disc drive. The optical pickup looks at the conventional orientation in the radial plane. When applied to a disc, the phrase is used to refer to the geometric form established by the disc susceptibility structure itself or the reference image as a projection image. The phrase "reverse image, reference is anti-azimuth", that is, the reference is the orientation obtained by reflecting the tangent of the forward image in the radial plane. Similarly, the phrase "positive The embossing will thus refer to the traditional physical orientation of the operational structure in the direction of the optical axis (between the information layer planes "A," and "B") from the point of view of the optical pickup of the optical disc drive. In particular, the embossment The term "positive relief" refers to the traditional physical orientation of the operational structure of the tracking during the reading of the optical disc, viewed from the point of view of the optical pickup of the optical disc. When applied to the optical disc, the phrase reference is the structure itself. The engraving will refer to the opposite physical orientation. When used as such, the phrase "standard main film, reference to image and relief is typically used to produce a standard disc of a standard disc in conventional processing." The reverse main film is considered to have an image, but is not embossed, as opposed to the conventional one. The present invention is a new discovery that can be easily confocal configured with the optical disk operating structure based in part on the non-operating structure, and another laser is close to the previous application. Anti-28- Private Paper Scale Applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210 x 297 public) --------- (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Officer Consumer Cooperatives Printed 1244894 Α7 Β7 V. Invention Description (26) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) The shot layer. This is the result of manufacturing a complete substrate of the disc (that is, the surface of the substrate contributes to the disc) The layered surface appears to be the most laser-like surface of the substrate (hereinafter referred to as "inverted disc,"). I have found that such a disc can be manufactured by using a conventional master as a stamper, thus producing an operational structure. The forward image is inverted by the embossed image (Hail 1). The manufacturing process, in which the parent or the sub-piece is used as a stamper, is also explained. In this second processing, the main film has a reverse with the conventional The formed image of the forward image has an operational structure presented in a negative relief. Although the new method described above simultaneously establishes optical problems of the focus on the non-operational structure and the operational structure, they do not need to allow such Simultaneous detection of structures. First, these approaches do not need to address the problems of tracking, focusing, and synchronization (speed control) of non-operational structures that maintain such confocal configurations. The non-operational configuration of the second co-focus configuration with the operational aspect (e.g., the tunnel) may cause the signal to be insufficient to be distinguished by the operational (and data encoding) signals to thereby prevent discrimination. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives. Now I have found that the electronic signals generated during the reading of the optical disc have greater information content than previously known. That is to say, the electronic signal is designed to provide two specific categories of information, necessary information for the operation of the optical disc, and digitally encoded information on the optical disc - in fact, to query and measure in various ways to expose the previously related optical disc entity. The structure is untapped with a wealth of information. Even, I have invented a way to allow the required operational components of these signals to be separated, removing the rest of the signal without disturbing the successful drive operation. - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (cns) A4 specification (210 χ 297 PCT) 1247894

五、發明說明(27) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 ^在本發明此特徵之一具體實施例中,新光碟製造爲其 中光碟操作所需的信號,特別是光碟尋軌所需的信號在讀 取期間由用以報告在光碟上非操作結構反應的信號部分分 離,而允許在倒置光碟非操作結構的同時和可鑑定偵測。 因此,在本發明此特徵之第一系列具體實施例中,光碟 呈現爲允許尋軌信號由HF (RF,四列總和)信號分離,除去 HF信號以報告在非操作結構上配置的資訊。尋軌信號由 H F信號的目的分離爲使用尋執設計完成,由現存光碟標準 在光碟讀取期間意圖忽略,該擺動“紋遒,,制訂在CD和 DVD可窝入以及可再窝入標準中。 該擺動“紋道”首先加入至光碟標準以允許使用者一導引記 錄(寫入)至C D (以及後來的DVD)媒體中。如在相關標準 中所陳述,口語術語化爲“橘皮書,,,該擺動在使用者窝入 資料至光碟期間單獨由記錄裝置偵測;此後,尋軌爲藉由 偵測資料沿著螺旋寫入而完成。該標準以及標準的所有現 存製作因此預期和敎導該擺動變成冗餘以及因此在寫入之 後忽略。 雖然由現存標準在渠取期間意圖忽略,該擺動紋道呈現 一些重大優點爲用於在本發明倒置光碟上的尋軌設計。 和螺旋訊洞相反,該擺動提供H F中相當低頻信號。因爲 非操作結構(如特定分析物信號元素),在此由該結構舉例 證明爲0.5-10微米大小範園,該擺動使用爲尋軌結構允許由 尋軌信號的頻率爲基礎之非操作分離。 非操作結構發生的較高頻HF事件之一結果爲可以容易地 -30- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7V. INSTRUCTIONS (27) Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative Printing, In one embodiment of this feature of the present invention, the new optical disc is manufactured as a signal required for the operation of the optical disc, particularly for optical disc tracking. The signal is separated during the reading by a portion of the signal used to report the reaction of the non-operating structure on the optical disc, while permitting simultaneous detection and identifiable detection while inverting the non-operating structure of the optical disc. Thus, in a first series of embodiments of this feature of the invention, the optical disc is presented to allow the tracking signal to be separated by an HF (RF, Four Columns Sum) signal, removing the HF signal to report information that is configured on the non-operational structure. The tracking signal is separated from the purpose of the HF signal by using a seek design, which is intended to be ignored during the reading of the optical disc by the existing optical disc standard. The wobble "pattern" is formulated in the CD and DVD nestable and refillable standards. The wobble "track" is first added to the disc standard to allow the user to direct the recording (writing) to the CD (and later DVD) media. As stated in the relevant standard, the colloquial term is "orange peel" The sway is detected by the recording device separately during the user's nesting of the data to the optical disc; thereafter, the tracking is accomplished by detecting the data along the spiral writing. This standard and all existing productions of the standard therefore anticipate and guide the wobble to become redundant and therefore ignored after writing. While intended to be ignored during the acquisition by existing standards, the wobble track presents some significant advantages for the tracking design on the inverted optical disc of the present invention. In contrast to a spiral hole, this wobble provides a relatively low frequency signal in H F . Because of the non-operational structure (e.g., specific analyte signal elements), the structure is exemplified by the structure as a 0.5-10 micron size, and the wobble is used as a tracking structure to allow non-operational separation based on the frequency of the tracking signal. One of the higher frequency HF events that occur in non-operating structures is that it can be easily -30- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------^--- ------ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) A7

五、發明說明(28 ) 1247894 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 偵測和特徵化。藉由舉例方式,圖i 3爲數位示波器顯示在 特定免疫附著在本發明前向影像、正浮雕倒置光碟之雷射 接近第一表面上紅血球細胞上可尋執掃描期間所獲得V. INSTRUCTIONS (28) 1247894 (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) Detection and Characterization. By way of example, Figure i3 shows the digital oscilloscope showing the specific immunity attached to the forward image of the present invention, The laser of the embossed inverted disc is close to the red blood cell on the first surface during the searchable scan

(四列總和,RF)信號中之擾亂,其中χ軸顯示時間而γ軸 顯示四列總和信號大小D 此種頻率爲基礎之分離的第二、相反結果爲該非操作信 號發生之更高頻信號爲夠短歷時以防止尋軌鎖定之遺漏。 甚至於,低通或是凹槽濾波器可用以由偵測器以報告之信 號移除該高頻事件,更進一步確定正確尋軌。將欣賞地是 該濾波器由用以偵測非操作信號(如特定分析物信號)的伴 隨信號部分省略。 擺動紋道於本發明光碟用爲尋軌設計的另一主要優點爲 是擺動信號可由該驅動裝置使用以在光碟上所有點維持常 數線性掃描速度。既定已知擺動頻率,有關高頻非操作事 件的大小資訊可以因此容易地計算,如例子3所顯示以及 在下文更進一步討論。相反地,該光碟可用具有至少一選 擇擺動頻率之紋道加以mastered,而允許光碟線性速度爲徑 向平面之任何既定點加以指定。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 除此之外,已知爲雙相標示信號的另一信號爲編碼在CD-R光碟上的擺動信號頂端。該雙相標示信號提供可用以決 定光碟上位置的位址資訊。此位址資訊有利於特定分析物 驗定之立體-可尋址特徵;該空間可定址性之效用爲更進一 步在共同擁有及尚在審理申請案之1997年7月7曰申請的第 08/888,935號;1998年7月21日申請,第09/120,049號中加以 -31 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 1247894 A7 __._B7_ 五、發明說明(29 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 説明,該文獻以提及的方式併入本文中。在DVD-R格式 中,類似資訊爲使用“紋面預製訊洞”加以提供,因此在紋 面區域(介於擺動紋道之間)中的預製沖壓凹槽將位址資訊 編碼。在用於本發明之C D或是DVD格式中,該雙相標示或 是紋面預製訊洞編碼可以選擇性地由驗定區域省去。 雖然特別參考非操作信號由操作信號分離,本發明預期 能夠具有依據CD及/或DVD標準數位式編碼之資訊的光 碟;由此陳述之方式允許該數位式編碼之資訊以非操作結 構的讀取加以回復。 以及雖然特別參考H F信號内的頻率分離加以説明,本發 明預期偵測器產生之不同於四列總和(如尋執誤差信號)的 其他類別信號之分離和組合可用以偵測及特徵化非操作結 構。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 目前只有光碟撰寫器(讀寫器)包含偵測該擺動之能力。 因爲該擺動典型只在寫入期間被偵測,所以本發明大多數 製作不需要以及造成雷射可能以干擾非操作結構偵測之振 幅發生脈衝之處理,特殊設計用於品質控制目的之讀寫器 在例子2及例子3中利用。此裝置能夠偵測及尋軌擺動而不 會強制雷射以光碟寫入所需的能量發生脈衝。然而,將瞭 解地是’能夠偵測該尋軌結構之驅動器,無論是否能夠寫 入,都可以利用於本發明之實現中。 由此呈現之例子2及例子3在下文實際説明本發明單一資 料層、前向影像正浮雕倒置光碟之成功利用以(”藉由免疫 分析偵測人體血液中之IgG,以及(2)使用最小修正光碟閲 _ -32- 冢紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱3 &quot; 1247894(four-column sum, RF) signal disturbance, where the x-axis shows time and the γ-axis shows four columns of summed signal size D. This frequency-based separation of the second, the opposite result is the higher-frequency signal of the non-operational signal For a short duration to prevent the omission of tracking locks. Even a low pass or groove filter can be used to remove the high frequency event by the detector with the reported signal, further determining the correct tracking. It will be appreciated that the filter is omitted from the accompanying signal portion used to detect non-operational signals, such as specific analyte signals. Another major advantage of the wobble track in the disc design of the present invention is that the wobble signal can be used by the drive to maintain a constant linear scan speed at all points on the disc. Given the known wobble frequency, information about the size of the high frequency non-operating events can thus be easily calculated, as shown in Example 3 and discussed further below. Conversely, the disc can be mastered with a track having at least one selected wobble frequency, allowing the linear speed of the disc to be specified for any given point of the radial plane. Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed In addition, another signal known as a bi-phase indicator signal is the top of the wobble signal encoded on the CD-R disc. The bi-phase indicator signal provides address information that can be used to determine the location on the disc. This address information facilitates the stereo-addressable characteristics of a particular analyte; the space-addressable utility is further applied to the co-owner and the application pending at 08/888, 935, July 7, 1997. No.; application dated July 21, 1998, No. 09/120,049 -31 - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) 1247894 A7 __._B7_ V. Invention description (29 (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Note, this document is incorporated herein by reference. In the DVD-R format, similar information is provided using the "patterned pre-fabricated holes", so the pre-formed stamping grooves in the textured area (between the wobbled tracks) encode the address information. In the C D or DVD format used in the present invention, the bi-phase labeling or tread pre-cavity encoding can be selectively omitted from the verification area. Although the reference to non-operational signals is separated by operational signals, the present invention contemplates optical discs capable of digitally encoded information in accordance with CD and/or DVD standards; the manner in which it is described allows for the reading of the digitally encoded information in a non-operational configuration. Reply. And although specifically described with reference to frequency separation within the HF signal, the present invention contemplates that the separation and combination of other types of signals produced by the detector that differ from the four column sum (eg, the seek error signal) can be used to detect and characterize non-operations. structure. Printed by the Consumer Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. Currently, only the CD writer (reader) contains the ability to detect the swing. Since the wobble is typically detected only during writing, most of the fabrications of the present invention are not required and the laser may be processed to interfere with the amplitude of the non-operating structure detection, specifically designed for quality control purposes. The device is utilized in Example 2 and Example 3. This device is capable of detecting and tracking the swing without forcing the laser to pulse the desired energy for the disc to write. However, it will be appreciated that a driver capable of detecting the tracking structure, whether or not it can be written, can be utilized in the implementation of the present invention. Examples 2 and 3 thus presented illustrate the successful use of the single data layer and the forward image embossed inverted optical disc of the present invention ("detecting IgG in human blood by immunoassay, and (2) using minimal Corrected CD reading _ -32- 冢 Paper scale applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public 3 &quot; 1247894

、發明說明(3〇 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 '機彳貞測和特徵化在光碟表面上捕捉之人體紅血球。例子 7實際説明核酸基礎驗定之調適於由此説明的偵測原理。 光碟製造 用於製造本發明單一資料層、前向影像光碟之第一處理 (處理1”)現在將參考圖3A_3D加以説明。處理1形成具有 正浮雕之操作結構的光碟。 透明光碟基板112可以藉由注入鑄造處理加以製造,其中 培1解之聚碳酸脂被注入至具有“壓模,,之鑄造孔穴中。該壓 模藉由電鏵以光碟主片製成,將在下文更完全地説明。該 江入铸造處理典型地需每光碟花費5至10秒。 圖3A示意在標準電鑄和基體化處理中之3步驟,緊接著 爲最終注入鑄造(沖壓)步驟,處理(沖壓)步驟,用於建立 具有擺動紋道之單一資料層光碟的完整基板112, cd-R或是 CD_RW光碟(更進一步細節參考Williams所撰寫 ,&quot;The CD-ROM and Optical recording Systems^,牛津出版社, 1994年’在此處以提及的方式併入本文中)。主片510、父 片520、母片530、子片540和光碟基板112以側面橫斷面部 分圖式加以顯示。 簡短地是,該處理可以主片光碟510之建立開始(由玻 璃、塑膠等製成),該步驟在圖3A顯示之那些步驟之前進 行。在步驟505中,主片光碟51〇被置放於電流鎳電解質槽 中’琢光碟在該處作用爲電子電路之陰極。鎳陽極爲用以 將一層鎳沈澱在主光碟表面上,建立鎳“父片,,52(^接 著’鎳父片520由主片510分離,典型地(但不是總是)在處 -33- 本紙張尺度適用巾0 @家鮮(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱) -^ -------訂——線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁&gt; 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(3〇 理中破壞主片510。結果,父片52〇以主片51〇之負浮雕相反 影像浮凸壓印。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 雖然父片520可以在注射鑄造處理535中直接使用爲壓 模’但已經證實在相關技藝中爲更有效以產生父片520之多 數相等複製,術語化爲“子片,,540。由原始鎳部分建立之 電鑄部分家族術語化爲“基體化,,。 因此,父片520典型地在步驟515中電流地使用以串列產 生多數相等之“母片’,530。母片530具有以正浮雕呈現之前 向影像。該多數相等母片530,依次,在步驟525中用以產 生多數子片540 ’影像方位和浮雕等於“父片,,520,以及因 此具有和主片光碟510比較爲負浮雕呈現之反向影像。在步 驟535中,子片540使用爲光碟基板U2之注射鑄造的壓模。 如此製造之光碟具有以正浮雕呈現之前向影像。 圖3C顯示具有如圖3A製造之基板112的CD-R光碟11,具 有擺動紋道118、反射層114和防護層116。在擺動“紋道,,上 的光學路徑和焦點以虛線顯示。如所能瞭解,在典型光碟 之基板112以其雷射接進至其圖樣化表面之平面表面呈現。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 圖3 B顯示如本發明之一處理(此後稱爲“處理1 ”),用於 建立本發明具有以正浮雕呈現的操作結構之前向影像的單 一資料層倒置光碟。該處理和圖3A顯示之標準處理不同, 在該處理中,母片530在步驟625中直接使用以沖壓光碟基 板13 2。如例子1和例子5所陳述,在此報告之實驗中所使 用的光碟爲使用此種修正之基體化程序以在EXIMPO S.R.O (布拉格,捷克共和國)產生。 -34- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 ______B7___ 五、發明說明(32 ) 處理1之一優點爲標準主片-如CD-R主片或是CD-RW主 片-或是另外容易使用現存技術和裝置建立之主片,可用以 製造本發明前向影像倒置光碟。 在處理1中’如圖3 B和例子1和例子5中所示意,母片以 標準注射鑄造機器排放直接在注射鑄造處理之使用發生某 些程度之啓始困難度。注射鎊造機器之各種不同參數對那 些熟知相關技藝之技士將是明顯的,將被調整以致於熔化 的聚碳酸脂在鑄模上適當地流動。例如,聚碳酸脂注入至 之溫度被提升以確定熔化的聚碳酸脂爲較不黏。雖然此增 加之溫度可能改變聚碳酸脂光學性質(例如雙折射),聚碳 月曰層132之光學性質對本發明單一資料層倒置光碟效能爲 無形的,因爲雷射從不通過此資料層。圖41八_411呈現使用 於如例子5中所陳述製造之光碟製造的鑄模設定。 圖3D顯示由處理i形成之光碟,而非操作結構136與反射 層134共焦應用以及雷射接近於反射層134。如所能瞭解, 在本發明單一資料層倒置光碟中之基板132以其圖樣化表面 雷射接近於其平面表面而加以呈現。如亦所能瞭解,如此 製造之光碟具有以正浮雕呈現之前向影像。 將理所當然瞭解地是倒置光碟所謂“平面表面,,不需要非 常平面,因爲不位於光學路徑中。因此,此表面由此亦將 術洁化爲光碟基板之“額外,,表面。 在一標準光碟和本發明前向影像/正浮雕倒置光碟中,正 尋轨之結構_該擺動“紋道'爲在資訊層平面“A,,中,也就 是説,分別在圖3C和圖3D所示之資訊層雷射接近平面 —------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁), invention description (3〇) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed "machine speculation and characterization of human red blood cells captured on the surface of the disc. Example 7 actually illustrates the adaptation of the nucleic acid base assay to the detection principle thus described. Disc Manufacturing The first process (Process 1) for fabricating a single data layer, forward video disc of the present invention will now be described with reference to Figures 3A-3D. Process 1 forms a disc having a positive relief operating structure. The transparent disc substrate 112 can be borrowed. It is manufactured by an injection casting process in which the polycarbonate solution is injected into a casting cavity having a "die." The stamper is made of a disc master by means of an electric cymbal, which will be more fully explained below. The Jiangcheng casting process typically takes 5 to 10 seconds per disc. Figure 3A illustrates three steps in a standard electroforming and substrate processing, followed by a final injection casting (stamping) step, a processing (stamping) step for creating a complete substrate 112 of a single data layer disc having a wobble track, cd-R or CD_RW disc (for further details, reference is made by Williams, &quot;The CD-ROM and Optical recording Systems^, Oxford Press, 1994 'hereby incorporated herein by reference). The main piece 510, the parent piece 520, the mother piece 530, the sub-piece 540, and the optical disk substrate 112 are displayed in a side cross-sectional partial view. Briefly, the process can begin with the creation of the master disc 510 (made of glass, plastic, etc.), which is performed prior to the steps shown in Figure 3A. In step 505, the master disc 51 is placed in the current nickel electrolyte bath, where the disc acts as the cathode of the electronic circuit. The nickel anode is used to deposit a layer of nickel on the surface of the main optical disc to establish a nickel "parent sheet, 52 (^ then 'the nickel parent sheet 520 is separated by the main sheet 510, typically (but not always) at -33- This paper size is suitable for towel 0 @家鲜(CNS)A4 specification (210 X 297 public) -^ -------Book-line (please read the note on the back and fill in this page again) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (3) The main film 510 is destroyed. As a result, the parent film 52 is embossed with the negative relief image of the main film 51. (Please read the back note first and then fill in the page) The parent sheet 520 can be used directly as a stamper in the injection casting process 535 but has been shown to be more efficient in the related art to produce a majority of equal copies of the parent sheet 520, termed "sub-slices, 540. From the original nickel portion The established family of electroformed parts is termed "base,". Thus, the parent 520 is typically used galvanically in step 515 to produce a plurality of equal "masters", 530. The master 530 has a relief Presenting the previous image. The majority of the equal master 530, in turn, is used in step 525 The majority of the sub-slices 540' image orientation and embossing are equal to the "parent film, 520, and thus have a reverse image of the negative embossing presentation compared to the main film 510. In step 535, the sub-slice 540 is used as the optical disk substrate U2. Injection molded stamper. The disc thus manufactured has a forward embossed image in front of the embossing. Fig. 3C shows a CD-R disc 11 having a substrate 112 as manufactured in Fig. 3A having a wobble track 118, a reflective layer 114 and a protective layer 116. The optical path and focus on the wobble track are shown in dashed lines. As can be seen, the substrate 112 of a typical optical disk is presented with its laser-like surface that is attached to its patterned surface. Employee Consumption Cooperative Printing Figure 3B shows a process as described in the present invention (hereinafter referred to as "Process 1") for establishing a single data layer of an image prior to the present invention having a embossed operational structure. Unlike the standard process shown in Figure 3A, in this process, the master 530 is used directly in step 625 to stamp the disc substrate 13 2. As illustrated in Examples 1 and 5, this is reported here. The disc used in the experiment was produced in EXIMPO SRO (Prague, Czech Republic) using this modified matrixing procedure. -34- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Consumer Cooperative, Printed 1244894 A7 ______B7___ V. Invention Description (32) One of the advantages of Process 1 is the standard main film - such as CD-R main film or CD-RW main film - or other easy to use existing The master film of technology and device construction can be used to fabricate the forward image inverted optical disc of the present invention. In Process 1&apos; as illustrated in Figure 3B and Example 1 and Example 5, the master piece is discharged in a standard injection casting machine to some degree of difficulty in the use of the injection casting process. The various parameters of the injection of the pound machine will be apparent to those skilled in the art and will be adjusted so that the molten polycarbonate flows properly over the mold. For example, the temperature at which the polycarbonate is injected is raised to determine that the molten polycarbonate is less viscous. While this increased temperature may alter the optical properties of the polycarbonate (e.g., birefringence), the optical properties of the polycarbene layer 132 are intangible to the single data layer inversion of the present invention because the laser never passes through the data layer. Figure 41 - 411 presents a mold set for use in the manufacture of a disc manufactured as set forth in Example 5. Figure 3D shows a disc formed by process i, while non-operational structure 136 is in confocal application with reflective layer 134 and the laser is close to reflective layer 134. As can be appreciated, the substrate 132 in the single data layer inverted optical disc of the present invention is presented with its patterned surface laser near its planar surface. As can also be appreciated, the disc thus produced has a forward embossed forward image. It will of course be understood that the inverted surface of the optical disc is a "planar surface" that does not require a very flat surface because it is not located in the optical path. Therefore, the surface is thus cleaned into an "extra, surface" of the optical disc substrate. In a standard optical disc and the forward video/positive embossed inverted optical disc of the present invention, the structure of the tracking is _ the oscillating "track" is in the information layer plane "A,", that is, respectively in Figure 3C and The information layer laser shown in 3D is close to the plane—------ order--------- line (please read the notes on the back and fill in this page)

A7 1247894 五、發明說明(33 ) 中0 然而,在標準光碟中,平面“A”爲最接近於該基板平面 表面之資訊層平面。相反地,在本發明前向影像/正浮雕倒 置光碟中,平面“A”爲該基板平面表面之資訊層最遠端平 面。此後者結構方位之結果,以及儘管説明尋軌結構之術 語“紋道,,的口語化使用,我已經發現配置在單—資料層前 向影像/正浮雕光碟之反射層上的非操作結構136傾向=將 它們本身定在鄰近尋軌結構本身中央而非落在尋軌結構本 身内,如圖3D所示。 用於製造本發明單一資料層、前向影像倒置光碟之第二 處理(此後稱爲“處理2,,)現在將加以説明。使用處理2製造 之光碟具有操作結構以負浮雕呈現之前向影像。 在處理2中’主片光碟建立爲具有與傳統相反之所需操作 結構的影像。基本上如圖3A所示,緊接著傳統電鑄和基體 化處理之後,當以其圖樣化表面雷射接進制其平面表面(亦 即倒置)而讀取時,該㈣基板具有操作紐爲負浮雕之前 向影像。 因此,和標準光碟(圖3C中所示)以及如處理1製造之本 發明光碟(圖3D中所示)相反,如處理2製造之本發明光碟 (圖3E中所示)具有在平面“B”之尋軌結構,也就是説,在 資訊層雷射遠端平面中。在這些倒置光碟中之平面“B”爲 光碟基板平面表面最遠端資訊層之平面。結果,配置在反 射表面上的非操作結構將經常定在尋軌態樣上中心。此情 形應該期望地增加信號在由定於該鄰近磁軌中心之相同非 -36 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公 :-------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁&gt; 1247894 A7 五、發明說明(34 ) 操作結構可獲得信號之上。 以本發明前向影像/正浮雕倒置光碟(處理1 )或是前向影 像/負浮雕倒置光碟(處理2)而言,反射層134現在呈現爲光 碟第一表面應該是明顯的,沒有透明基板層U2呈現以協助 雷射聚焦,如標準光碟。圖6A以前向影像/正浮雕倒置光 碟解釋問題。 在圖6B顯示之一簡單解答爲增加一額外聚焦透鏡17至光 碟光學頭拾音器。用以產生呈現在例子2和例子3中的資料 I閲讀機在此爲如此修正。另外,或是额外,介於光學頭 拾音器和光碟第一表面之間的距離可以加以調整以致於雷 射可以正確地聚焦在光碟第一表面上。 另一種替代方案,一較佳具體實施例在下文更進一步説 明,調整光碟本身而非閱讀機。在此較佳具體實施例中, 非整體或是整體雷射折射構件以蓋板附接至光碟雷射接近 側以建立光碟組件。此蓋板作用爲折射,以及因此更進一 步將入射光聚焦在光碟操作平面上。傳統上,該操作平面 現在計算爲光碟第二表面。雖然目前較佳,但是可安裝鉸 練或是另外可修正附接之整體蓋板亦可以使用。 在處理1或是處理2中,標準CD_R鑄模_在處理i以標準 母片530沖壓或是在處理2爲反向影像父片52〇或是子片54〇-產生厚度爲L2mm之光碟基板。蓋板之加入則將光碟組件 厚度增加爲超越制定在標準中之微不足遒ii2mm厚度之 上。雖然呈現之實驗由此實際説明24酿之深的光碟仍然 可以讀取,但仍然期待將蓋板意圓加入之基板132環境厚度 37- 本紙張尺度刺中關家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱— ^ -------tT---------^ Αν. (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 ___ B7 五、發明說明(35 ) 減低。 在新的方式中,基板132深度可以在處理1或是處理2最 終步驟中使用DVD- R鑄模而減低。如將欣賞地是,c D - R 格式壓模(處理1爲母片530 ,處理2爲反向影像父片520或是 子片540)必須製造爲可以安裝在鑄模中,而且鑄模設定必 須調整以確定適當沖壓。如此形成之基板0.6 mm ;而具有 1·2 mm厚之蓋板時,組合光碟組件厚度因此爲1.8 mm。 無論是何種解答或是解答組合爲用以調整聚焦,本發明 單一資料層倒置光碟幾何消除基板132所選擇合成物之光學 限制是明顯的,相對於上述透明基板112之光學限制。也就 是説,由於本發明目前單一資料層倒置光碟之層132不用以 折射入射雷射光,和標準光碟基板112相反,層132透明、 折射指數和厚度可以調整而與這些光學參數無關。此情形 呈現不容易以標準光碟達成的製造優點。然而,既定現存 光碟製造裝置之安裝基座,目前以使用聚碳酸脂製造本發 明單一資料層光碟爲較佳,如下文説明。 爲實際説明這些原理可用以建造具有同時可讀取非操作 結構之可尋轨光碟,單一資料層前向影像/正浮雕倒置光碟 如例子1所詳細陳述加以製造。各光碟基板132由注射-鑄造 之聚碳酸脂組成,包含具有L6 μιη節距之擺動紋道前向影 像以及擺動頻率近似在C D - R標準中陳述之頻率。金層配 置在雷射接近表面以形成反射層134。 在第一系列實驗中,在例子2中詳細報告,特定於人體免 疫寫球素G (IgG)之驗定格點建構在光碟小部分氣體入射金 -38- _ 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱1 —-----^---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(36 ) 表面上。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 如圖7A所示意,該驗定格點建構爲三層夾心;將由那些 熟知臨床驗定相關技藝之人士所瞭解地是,該夾心目的爲 呈現最終夾心層,抗體7 6爲用於分析物捕獲和偵測。將由 那些熟知相關技藝之人士所瞭解地是,該驗定本身包含許 多此種三分子夹心,只有其中之一爲在圖7中示意。 在第一系列實驗中,抗體7 6因爲其特定性而選擇用於人 體免疫血球素G (IgG),在正常人體血液近似於i 1 g/dl之濃 度中發現。 由成人志願者所抽出之人體血液樣本被應用於光碟驗定 格點以及簡易地在上面培養。該光碟被清洗,而且之後則 由3 μιη膠乳球體之應用而加以“顯影”,各球體先前已經以 人體IgG特定之抗體加以塗層。該光碟之後再次被清洗。如 圖7B所示意,此處理之結果爲膠乳球體79之IgG-調解特定 附著於光碟。在血液樣本中缺乏IgG時,該膠乳球體將在清 洗期間被移除。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 圖8爲由光線微觀檢視部分IgG特定光碟捕獲之視頻影 像,m膠乳球體緊接著人體血液和抗體-共桄膠乳球體。該 膠乳球體爲容易出現,如擺動紋道本身。在此視頻捕獲影 像中,較暗區域爲正尋軌結構。放大率預先排除正觀察‘‘紋 遒,連續性。琢視頻捕獲影像建議假使不是全部但也是許多 膠乳球體位於鄰近在此前向/正浮雕光碟上的擺動紋道。 必須容易出現地是相對於紋道寬度之發出信號一部份大 小可以有利地加以調整而加強非操作結構之定位。例子4 -39- - ί Μ 公 / y Μ &lt; υ 1 &lt;一 V η / U τ 1 V 干 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(37 ) 呈現發出信號一部份大小和紋道寬度之最佳化關係的計 算,在環境中,前向影像/負浮雕倒置光碟被使用。類似地 是,在驗定格點上的分子範園之大小,此處三分子維生素 H_streptavidin_維生素Η夾心可以有利地加以調整而加強此 發出信號一邵份的穩健、然而限制移動而允許該定位。證 實有利於發出信號一部份的變化長度之聚合脊骨在共同擁 有以及上在審理中之美國專利申請案序號爲第09/120,049 號,1998年7月21日申請;第08/888,935號,1997年7月7日 申請中説明;該文獻在此處以提及的方式併入本文中。甚 至於,紋道本身形狀在CD和DVD規範中可以調整以加強該 定位。 圖9和圖1〇爲附著於光碟之單一膠乳球體的原子力(atm) 微觀影像,爲稍高於圖8中使用的放大率。在圖9爲容易顯 著的是該擺上紋道本身以及膠乳球體定位於接近紋道一轉 之中央。圖1 0呈現AFM-擷取之量化資料。該紋道量測 171.70 nm深。膠乳球體超過紋道底部的高度爲2.407 μιη。 圖11爲二膠乳球體在單一微觀視界中之原子力微觀影 像。該量化區段分析解釋用以顯影此抗體-IgG免疫驗定之 膠乳球體的一致性。另外,該量化區段分析辨識介於紋面 中心和鄰近紋遒中心之間的水平距離爲843.75 nm (0.84 μιη) ’和所需之1 6 μηι磁軌爲優良地吻合。 在例子3中報告之第二系列實驗,實際説明此種非操作結 構可以可靠地由最小修正CD-R裝置偵測爲H F信號高頻、 高振幅變化。也就是説,上述具有擺動紋道之單一資料 -40- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) --------訂---------線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 1247894 B7__ 五、發明說明(38 ) 層、前向影像/正浮雕第一表面驗定光碟允許尋軌信號和配 置在光碟表面上的非操作結構產生之信號同時擷取以及由 (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 該信號鑑別。 如例子3更進一步説明,光碟如例子1所陳述地準備。驗 定格點基本上如例子2準備,但是以抗-giyC〇ph〇rin抗體取 代在例子2所使用之抗-IgG抗體7 6。Glycophorin爲出現在 所有人體紅血球(紅血球細胞,RBC)表面上的蛋白質。 人體血液之肝燐脂化樣本(1〇 μ1)應用至驗定格點,以及 該光碟之後簡易地洗濯。 圖1 2爲確定RBC免疫特定附著於光碟驗定格點的原子力 微觀影像。如量化分析所表示,RBC水平大小既定爲7.984 μιη ’和紅血球細胞(8 μπι)已知直徑吻合;此大小和例子2 使用與觀察之膠乳球體均勻的3 μπι直徑爲明顯地不同。 RBC超過紋道底部的高度觀察爲i 8 μπι。 如例子3更進一步説明,由cd Associates,Inc·(加州Irvine 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 市)所製造用於光碟工業品質控制使用的CD-r裝置爲用以 讀取該光碟。驅動裝置的CD-R擺動尋軌系統(模式RSLi〇0) 被加入之透鏡17修正光學拾音器以在光碟上缺乏折射層 112調整聚焦,·轉軸之高度亦提高。HF信號(亦即RF或是 四列總和)由RSL100中的電子電路加以放大,以致於示波器 顯不可以在不用不利於影響擺動尋執裝置效能下提供。圖 1 3呈現代表性尋軌,以χ軸顯示時間而γ軸顯示四列總和 信號大小。 ' 圖1 3實際説明紅血球細胞直接可見地爲c D _ R閲讀機η f -41 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國豕標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公爱) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員.工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(39 仏號南頻、高振幅事件;對哺乳動物細胞大小之分析物而 T ’沒有膠乳球體或是其他外因性發出信號一部份爲所需 以產生特定分析物信號。 亦由圖13之示波器追蹤明顯地是hf基準線的差異爲雙 重峰値。雖然紅血球細胞已知爲具有特徵性雙凹形狀,我 們已經在例子2中觀察到此雙重峰値被用以報告分析物之 呈現。當雷射遍歷球體時,此雙重峰値出現爲由反射比中 之再生變化形成。此種再生電子記號可以有利地用以由各 種不同大小的非操作結構辨識以及鏺別信號。 由圖13之示波器追蹤另一觀察而言,容易見到地是在發 出信號事件各侧上的基準線爲穩定;也就是説,擺動紋道 之尋軌本身不造成四列總和信號中的重大變化。 如CD-R標準之光學閲讀機,無論正在光碟上的任何位 置讀取都維持常數線性速度,修正轉軸速度以鎖定擺動紋 道之頻率。依據已知光碟線性速度和示波器尋軌上的增加 標示,示波器追蹤上的各劃分可以顯示爲相當於光碟上線 性距離1 3 μιη。如圖i 3顯示之示波器尋軌所量測,四列總 和信號基準線中的差異因此既定爲1〇 μπι,近似尋軌紋道 方向之物件的非校正大小。 涿物件實際大小爲較小。使用3 μιη膠乳球體之閲讀機校 準和不波器已經給予示波器峰値報告5 μιη明顯大小,較實 際物件寬2 μπι。此情形適當地在驗定光碟上的第一表面上 考量爲1·5 μηι雷射聚焦直徑。 考量介於量測和雷射直徑在光碟表面上發生實際大小之 ------—^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁} 42- 1247894 Α7 Β7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(40 ) 間的2 μιη差異時,在圖13示波器尋軌捕獲的事件爲四列總 和信號高頻、高振幅差異,報告8 μιη物件大小,和已知8 μιη人體紅血球吻合。 圖1 4呈現由相同光碟上之分離紅血球細胞偵測發出信號 的HF事件之另一示波器追蹤。雙相峰値爲更顯著。圖15_ 17爲额外例子。 圖18爲由相同光碟上不同區域擴取之多數事件的數位重 疊,實際説明在一些特定免疫附著於光碟不同紅血球細胞 上大小和形狀量測之再生。 總結,例子1 - 3實際説明配置在如由此説明之原裡建構 的單一層倒置光碟第一表面上微米大小之非操作結構,可 以由最小修正之標準光碟讀寫器加以偵測、量測和特徵 化。包含尋軌結構之光碟操作結構爲使用單一光學拾音器 同時與非操作結構同時偵測以及容易由非操作結構鑑別。 例子2特別實際説明小分子分析物之免疫分析可以容易地 調適爲使用此系統偵測;例子3特別實際説明細胞計數和 細胞分析亦容易地完成。 例子7依次實際説明依據核酸雜化作用之驗定可以類似地 調適爲使用本發明可尋軌光碟加以偵測。 如例子7所詳細陳述,溶解相位雜化作用爲在下列常數計 數主現之目標核酸各種不同濃度平行執行··(〇順序至第一 邵分目標(3 ’探針”)互補單一股核酸探針和(2)順序至第二 邵分目標(“5,探針”)互補單一股核酸探針。該3,探針爲更 進一步共軛至順磁性串珠以及該5,探針爲更進一步共軛至 -------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) -43- A7 1247894 _____B7_____— 五、發明說明(41 ) 蛋白質:順磁性串珠作用爲允許磁性分離以及部分雙工目 標之淨化,以及更進一步允許由光碟閲讀機直接偵測;5 ’ 探針蛋白質一部份允許由應用至本發明光碟第一表面之金 屬表面的streptavidin捕獲部分雙工目標。 圖36示意在視覺化時間之驗定格點。直接附著於可尋軌 光碟金表面爲由韋德瓦斯力以及介於自由sulfyhydryl streptavidin蛋白質與光碟金表面之間形成的硫化-金黏合劑 接合之streptavidin鍍層。該streptavidin捕獲5,探針之維生素 Η—部份。該5’探針依次由14核甘酸之Watson-Crick補充在 目標3 ’端捕獲目標核順序。該目標依次在5 f端經由1 4核甘 酸之Watson-Cirick補充捕獲3,端,因此繫鏈Dynabead^至該 光碟。 圖3 7呈現分別採取之驗定光碟丨—3光微觀影像,各光碟 放大率爲2 :附接球體和擺動紋遒在所有3光碟較高放大率 面板上爲清楚可見。增加數目之附接串珠以增加量之核酸 目標爲清楚可見’而光碟3 (圖37C)顯示補充驅動之球體以 20十兆億分之一莫耳(20X10·21莫耳;12xi〇3分子)核酸目 標附接至光碟表面,而光碟2 (圖37B)顯示補充驅動之球體 以20百億億分之一莫耳(20xl0-i8莫耳;12χι〇6分子)核酸 目標附接至光碟表面,以及光碟i (圖37Α)顯示補充驅動之 球體以20千萬億分之一莫耳(20χ10-ΐ5莫耳;ΐ2χι〇9分子) 核酸目標附接至光碟表面。各控制光碟面上沒有觀察到任 何串珠(沒有顯示)。將欣賞地是圖37在各影口 &gt; Τ 7、主現一 部份驗定範疇。 -------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 -44-A7 1247894 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (33) 0 However, in a standard optical disc, the plane "A" is the plane of the information layer closest to the plane surface of the substrate. In contrast, in the forward video/positive embossed optical disc of the present invention, the plane "A" is the farthest plane of the information layer of the plane surface of the substrate. The result of the structural orientation of the latter, and despite the colloquial use of the term "striking" of the tracking structure, I have found that the non-operational structure 136 is disposed on the reflective layer of the single-data layer forward image/positive embossed disc. Tendency = set themselves in the center of the adjacent tracking structure itself rather than falling within the tracking structure itself, as shown in Figure 3D. The second process for fabricating the single data layer of the present invention, the forward image inversion disc (hereinafter referred to as For "Process 2," will now be explained. The disc manufactured using Process 2 has an operational structure to present the forward image with a negative relief. In Process 2, the master disc is created as an image having the desired operational structure as opposed to the conventional one. Basically, as shown in FIG. 3A, immediately after the conventional electroforming and the substrate processing, when the surface of the surface is read by the surface laser (ie, inverted), the (four) substrate has an operation button. Negative relief before the image. Thus, in contrast to a standard optical disc (shown in Figure 3C) and the optical disc of the present invention (shown in Figure 3D) as manufactured by Process 1, the optical disc of the present invention (shown in Figure 3E) as Process 2 has a plane "B" The tracking structure, that is, in the far-end plane of the information layer laser. The plane "B" in these inverted discs is the plane of the farthest information layer on the plane surface of the disc substrate. As a result, non-operational structures placed on the reflective surface will often be centered on the tracking aspect. This situation should desirably increase the signal to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public:----------) at the same non-36-paper scale set at the center of the adjacent track. ---------Book---------Line (please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again) 1247894 A7 V. Invention description (34) Operation structure can get signal With the forward image/positive embossed inverted disc (Process 1) or the forward image/negative embossed inverted disc (Process 2) of the present invention, the reflective layer 134 is now presented as the first surface of the disc should be apparent, without The transparent substrate layer U2 is presented to assist in laser focusing, such as a standard optical disc. Figure 6A previously explained the problem to an image/positive embossed inverted disc. One simple solution shown in Figure 6B is to add an additional focusing lens 17 to the optical pickup of the optical disc. In order to produce the data presented in Examples 2 and 3, the reader is modified as such. Alternatively, or additionally, the distance between the optical pickup and the first surface of the disc can be adjusted so that the laser can be correct. Focus on the first surface of the disc. Alternatively, a preferred embodiment, as further described below, adjusts the optical disc itself rather than the reader. In the preferred embodiment, the non-unitary or integral laser refractive member is attached to the disc laser with a cover plate. Approaching the side to create a disc assembly. This cover acts as a refraction, and thus further focuses the incident light on the disc operating plane. Traditionally, this plane of operation is now calculated as the second surface of the disc. Although currently preferred, it can be installed The hinged or otherwise adjustable integral cover can also be used. In Process 1 or Process 2, the standard CD_R mold _ is stamped in standard i 530 in process i or reverse image parent in process 2 52〇 or sub-piece 54〇-produces a disc substrate with a thickness of L2mm. The addition of the cover increases the thickness of the disc assembly beyond the thickness of the standard ii2mm which is specified in the standard. The 24-deep disc can still be read, but it is still expected to add the cover circle to the substrate 132. Environmental thickness 37- This paper scale stabbing the standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 公爱— ^ -------tT---------^ Αν. (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 ___ B7 V. Inventive Note (35) Reduction. In the new approach, the depth of the substrate 132 can be reduced by using the DVD-R mold in the final step of Process 1 or Process 2. As will be appreciated, the c D - R format The stamp (process 1 is master 530, process 2 is reverse image master 520 or sub-sheet 540) must be fabricated to fit in the mold, and the mold settings must be adjusted to determine proper stamping. The substrate thus formed is 0.6 mm; and with a cover plate of 1·2 mm thickness, the thickness of the combined optical disc assembly is therefore 1.8 mm. Regardless of the solution or combination of solutions for adjusting the focus, the optical limitations of the selected composition of the single data layer inverted optical disc geometry eliminating substrate 132 of the present invention are significant relative to the optical limitations of the transparent substrate 112 described above. That is, since the present invention alone layer 132 of the inverted layer of the data layer is not used to refract incident laser light, as opposed to the standard optical disk substrate 112, the layer 132 is transparent, the refractive index and thickness can be adjusted independently of these optical parameters. This situation presents manufacturing advantages that are not easily achieved with standard optical discs. However, it is preferred to fabricate a single data layer optical disc of the present invention using polycarbonate as a mounting base for an existing optical disc manufacturing apparatus, as explained below. To illustrate these principles, it is possible to construct a track-receivable optical disc having a simultaneously readable non-operating structure, and a single data layer forward image/positive embossed inverted optical disc is manufactured as detailed in Example 1. Each of the optical disk substrates 132 is composed of injection-cast polycarbonate, and includes a wobble track forward image having a pitch of L6 μm and a wobble frequency approximately as stated in the C D - R standard. The gold layer is disposed near the surface of the laser to form a reflective layer 134. In the first series of experiments, detailed in Example 2, the specific verification point specific to the human immunoglobulin G (IgG) was constructed on a small portion of the gas incident gold-38- _ paper scale applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public 1) ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- On the surface (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) As shown in Figure 7A, the test grid is constructed as a three-layer sandwich; it will be understood by those familiar with the relevant art of clinical validation, the purpose of the sandwich To present the final sandwich layer, antibody 76 is used for analyte capture and detection. It will be appreciated by those skilled in the art that the assay itself contains many such three molecule sandwiches, only one of which is In the first series of experiments, antibody 76 was selected for human immunoglobulin G (IgG) because of its specificity, and was found in normal human blood at a concentration of approximately i 1 g/dl. The human blood sample taken by the person is applied to the light The grid is checked and simply incubated. The disc is cleaned and then "developed" by the application of a 3 μιη latex sphere, each sphere previously coated with a human IgG specific antibody. The disc is again Cleaning. As shown in Fig. 7B, the result of this treatment is that the IgG-mediated specific adhesion of the latex sphere 79 to the disc. When the blood sample lacks IgG, the latex sphere will be removed during the cleaning. Printed by the Consumer Cooperative, Figure 8 shows a video image captured by a MG-specific optical disc in a microscopic view of the light. The m latex sphere follows the human blood and the antibody-co-rubber latex sphere. The latex sphere is prone to occur, such as the wobble track itself. In the video capture image, the darker area is the positive tracking structure. The magnification is precluded from observing ''grain, continuity.') The video capture image suggests that not all but also many latex spheres are located adjacent to the anterior/positive embossed disc. The upper wobble track. It must be easy to appear as a part of the signal relative to the width of the groove. It is advantageously adjusted to enhance the positioning of the non-operating structure. Example 4 -39- - ί Μ / y Μ &lt; υ 1 &lt;1 V η / U τ 1 V Dry 1247794 A7 B7 V. Description of invention (37) The calculation of the optimum relationship between the size of the signal and the width of the track. In the environment, the forward image/negative embossed inverted disc is used. Similarly, the size of the molecular range on the checkpoint is determined. The three-molecule vitamin H_streptavidin_vitamin sandwich can advantageously be adjusted to enhance the robustness of this signalling, but limit the movement to allow for this positioning. U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/120,049, filed on Jul. 21, 1998, and Serial No. 08/888,935, which is incorporated herein by reference. This is described in the application of July 7, 1997; the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Even though, the shape of the track itself can be adjusted in the CD and DVD specifications to enhance the positioning. Figures 9 and 1 show the atomic force (atm) microscopic image of a single latex sphere attached to a disc, which is slightly higher than the magnification used in Figure 8. It is easily apparent in Fig. 9 that the pendulum itself and the latex sphere are positioned at the center of the turn. Figure 10 presents quantitative data for AFM-take. The groove was measured at 171.70 nm deep. The height of the latex sphere beyond the bottom of the groove is 2.407 μιη. Figure 11 is an atomic force microscopic image of a di latex sphere in a single microscopic view. This quantitative section analysis explains the consistency of the latex spheres used to develop this antibody-IgG immunoassay. In addition, the quantized segment analysis identified that the horizontal distance between the center of the grain and the center of the adjacent grain was 843.75 nm (0.84 μιη)' and the desired 16 μηι track was excellently matched. The second series of experiments reported in Example 3 demonstrates that such a non-operational structure can be reliably detected by the minimally modified CD-R device as a high frequency, high amplitude variation of the HF signal. That is to say, the above single material with the wobble track -40 - This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) (please read the note on the back and fill in this page) --- -----Order---------Line· Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing A7 1247894 B7__ V. Invention description (38) Layer, forward image / positive relief first surface verification The disc allows the tracking signal and the signal generated by the non-operating structure configured on the surface of the disc to be simultaneously captured and recorded (please read the phonetic note on the back side and then fill out this page). As further illustrated in Example 3, the optical disc was prepared as set forth in Example 1. The assay grid was prepared essentially as in Example 2, but the anti-gilyC〇ph〇rin antibody was substituted for the anti-IgG antibody 76 used in Example 2. Glycophorin is a protein that appears on the surface of all human red blood cells (red blood cells, RBC). A liver lipidated sample of human blood (1 μ μ1) is applied to the assay grid, and the disc is simply washed after the disc. Figure 1 2 shows the atomic force microscopic image of the RBC immune specific attachment to the disc verification grid. As indicated by the quantitative analysis, the RBC level was determined to be 7.984 μιη ' and the red blood cells (8 μπι) were known to have an anomalous diameter; this size and Example 2 were significantly different from the uniform 3 μπι diameter of the observed latex sphere. The height of the RBC beyond the bottom of the groove is observed as i 8 μπι. As further illustrated in Example 3, the CD-r device for use in the quality control of the optical disc industry is manufactured by cd Associates, Inc. (printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Intellectual Property Office of the Irvine Department of Economics, California) for reading the optical disc. The CD-R wobble tracking system (mode RSLi 〇 0) of the driving device is added to the lens 17 to correct the optical pickup to adjust the focus on the optical disk lacking the refractive layer 112, and the height of the rotating shaft is also increased. The HF signal (i.e., RF or quad sum) is amplified by the electronic circuitry in the RSL 100 so that the oscilloscope can be provided without adversely affecting the performance of the wobble seeker. Figure 13 shows a representative track, showing the time on the x-axis and the four-column sum signal size on the γ-axis. ' Figure 1 3 shows that red blood cells are directly visible as c D _ R Reader η f -41 - This paper scale applies China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 297 297 public) 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economics intellectual property Bureau member. Workers' consumption cooperatives printed five, invention description (39 nicknamed South frequency, high amplitude events; analysis of mammalian cell size and T 'no latex sphere or other external factors to send a part of the required The specific analyte signal is generated. It is also apparent from the oscilloscope of Figure 13 that the difference in the hf baseline is a double peak. Although red blood cells are known to have a characteristic biconcave shape, we have observed this double peak in Example 2.値 is used to report the presentation of analytes. When a laser traverses a sphere, this double peak appears as a regenerative change in reflectance. Such regenerative electronic markers can advantageously be used for non-operating structures of various sizes. Identifying and discriminating signals. From the oscilloscope trace of Figure 13 to another observation, it is easy to see that the baseline on each side of the signalling event is stable; that is, The tracking of the moving track itself does not cause major changes in the four-column sum signal. For example, the optical reader of the CD-R standard maintains a constant linear velocity regardless of reading at any position on the optical disc, and corrects the rotational speed of the shaft to lock the wobble pattern. The frequency of the channel. According to the known linear speed of the optical disc and the increased indication on the oscilloscope tracking, the division on the oscilloscope tracking can be displayed as equivalent to the linear distance of the optical disc of 1 3 μιη. As shown in Figure 3, the oscilloscope tracking measurement The difference in the four-column sum signal reference line is therefore set to 1 〇μπι, which approximates the non-corrected size of the object in the direction of the tracking track. The actual size of the object is small. Calibration and non-wave using a 3 μιη latex sphere reader The oscilloscope has been given a peak size of 5 μιη, which is 2 μπι wider than the actual object. This situation is appropriate to consider the laser focus diameter of 1·5 μηι on the first surface of the verification disc. The actual diameter of the laser diameter on the surface of the disc ------—^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 42- 1247894 Α7 Β7 When the 2 μιη difference between the invention and the invention description (40) is printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the event captured by the oscilloscope in Figure 13 is the high-frequency and high-amplitude difference of the four columns of the sum signal, and the size of the object is reported. It is known to coincide with the known 8 μιη human red blood cells. Figure 14 shows another oscilloscope trace of the HF event detected by the isolated red blood cells on the same disc. The two-phase peak is more significant. Figure 15-17 is an additional example. Figure 18 is a digital overlap of most events amplified from different regions on the same disc, actually illustrating the regeneration of size and shape measurements on different red blood cells of a particular immune attachment to the disc. In summary, examples 1-3 actually illustrate a micron-sized non-operating structure configured on a first surface of a single-layer inverted optical disc constructed as described herein, which can be detected and measured by a minimally modified standard optical disc reader. And characterization. The optical disc operating structure including the tracking structure is a simultaneous use of a single optical pickup for simultaneous detection with non-operating structures and for easy identification by non-operating structures. Example 2 specifically illustrates that immunoassays for small molecule analytes can be readily adapted to detect using this system; Example 3 specifically illustrates that cell counting and cell analysis are also readily accomplished. Example 7 in turn illustrates that the assay based on nucleic acid hybridization can be similarly adapted for detection using the track-receivable optical disc of the present invention. As detailed in Example 7, the solubilization phase hybridization is performed in parallel with various concentrations of the target nucleic acid present in the following constants. (〇 sequence to the first target (3 'probe)) complementary single-stranded nucleic acid probe The needle and (2) sequence to a second sub-target ("5, probe") complementary single-stranded nucleic acid probe. The 3, the probe is further conjugated to the paramagnetic bead and the 5, the probe is further Conjugation to ------- order--------- line (please read the note on the back and fill out this page) -43- A7 1247894 _____B7_____ - V. Description of invention (41) Protein: Paramagnetic beading acts to allow magnetic separation and purification of some duplex targets, and further allows direct detection by a disc reader; 5' probe protein allows a portion of the metal surface to be applied to the metal surface of the first surface of the disc of the present invention. Streptavidin captures part of the duplex target. Figure 36 illustrates the spotting point at the visual time. The direct attachment to the gold surface of the trackable disc is formed by the Wedworth force and between the free sulfyhydryl streptavidin protein and the disc gold surface. The sulphide-gold bond is bonded to the streptavidin coating. The streptavidin captures 5, the probe's vitamin Η-portion. The 5' probe is in turn supplemented by 14-nucleotide Watson-Crick to capture the target nucleus sequence at the target 3' end. The target is sequentially captured at the 5 f end via the Watson-Cirick of 1 4 nucleotides to capture the 3 end, thus the tether Dynabead^ to the disc. Figure 3 7 shows the optical micrographs of the optical discs taken separately, each disc is magnified Rate 2: Attached spheres and oscillating ridges are clearly visible on all 3 discs with higher magnification panels. The increased number of attached beads to increase the amount of nucleic acid target is clearly visible' while Disc 3 (Figure 37C) shows supplements The driven sphere is attached to the surface of the disc with a 20-millionth molar (20X10·21 mol; 12xi〇3 molecule) nucleic acid target, while the disc 2 (Fig. 37B) shows the complementary driven sphere at 20 billion One mole (20xl0-i8 mole; 12 χι〇6 molecules) nucleic acid target attached to the surface of the disc, and the disc i (Fig. 37Α) shows the complementary drive sphere at 20 teraflops (20χ10- Ϊ́5mol; ΐ2χι〇9 molecules) nuclear The target is attached to the surface of the disc. No beading is observed on the surface of each control disc (not shown). Appreciation is shown in Figure 37 at each of the shadows&gt; Τ 7. The main part of the verification field. ---Order---------Line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing -44-

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(42) 例子7因此實際説明核酸雜化作用基準之驗定可以容易地 調適爲使用本發明光碟加以偵測。在可以容易地調適爲使 用本發明光碟加以偵測之核酸雜化作用基準的驗定間爲雜 化作用至核酸陣列,如美國專利案號爲第5,143,854號; 5,405,783 號;5,445,934 號;5,510,270 號;5,800,922 號; 5,556,752 號;5,599,695 號;5,744,305 號;5,770,722 號; 5,837,832號;5,843,655號;國際專利出版案號爲WO 98/12559 (Dmers)中加以説明,以及在 Nature Genetics 21 (Suppl·) : 1-60 (1999)更進一步説明,該文獻在此處以提及 的方式併入本文中。 例子7更進一步實際説明磁性串珠,長期使用於分子生物 學之分離和淨化,現在將另外直接使用於發出信號,提供 分離、淨化和偵測之有效系統而不強制以物理放射性核 種、fluorophores、酵、化學一部份或是類似物另外標示核 酸。 共同擁有以及上在審理中的申請案序號第08/888,935號, 1997年7月7日申請;第09/120,049號,1998年7月21日申請 在此處以提及的方式併入本文中,説明各種其他信號元素 和化學將允許現存驗定調適爲使用本發明可尋軌光碟之偵 在先前提到之各利用中,本發明光碟允許獨立、立體可 分解事件。 單一資料層光碟變化 將由熟知相關技藝之人士所瞭解地是,單一資料層特定 -45- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) •-------------------訂---------^ (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) Ϊ247894Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1247894 A7 B7 V. INSTRUCTIONS (42) Example 7 Therefore, the actual verification of the nucleic acid hybridization benchmark can be easily adapted to be detected using the optical disc of the present invention. Hybridization to nucleic acid arrays can be readily adapted between assays that are used to detect nucleic acid hybridization using the optical discs of the present invention, such as U.S. Patent Nos. 5,143,854; 5,405,783; 5,445,934; 5,510,270 No. 5,800,922; 5,556,752; 5,599,695; 5,744,305; 5,770,722; 5,837,832; 5,843,655; International Patent Publication No. WO 98/12559 (Dmers), and in Nature Genetics 21 (Suppl): Further reference is made to 1-60 (1999), which is incorporated herein by reference. Example 7 further illustrates the practical use of magnetic beading, which has long been used in the separation and purification of molecular biology. It will now be used directly to signal, providing an effective system for separation, purification and detection without forcing physical radionuclides, fluorophores, leavens. A chemical moiety or analog is additionally labeled with a nucleic acid. Co-owned and co-pending application Serial No. 08/888,935, filed on Jul. 7, 1997; No. 09/120,049, filed on July 21, 1998, hereby incorporated herein by reference, Illustrating various other signal elements and chemistries will allow for the adaptation of existing assays to the use of the presently searchable optical discs. In the various uses previously mentioned, the optical disc of the present invention allows for independent, stereoscopically decomposable events. A single data layer disc change will be known to those skilled in the art, a single data layer specific -45- paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) •------- ------------Book ---------^ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ϊ247894

五、發明說明(43 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 刀析物光碟之許多變化13〇,可以加以製造。不限制之多數 具體實施例將在下文討論。 全像操作結構 現在參考圖2 〇,顯示單一資料層具體實施例。在此具體 實施例中,光碟之操作結構編碼在反射全像而非藉由實體 壓製在光碟基板中。反射全像允許操作結構之實體平面由 非操作結構佔據的實體平面移除。多數資料層(資訊層)光 碟,如下文更進一步説明,呈現另一方式於操作結構和非 操作結構之分離。 光碟190包括光碟基板192、全像194和透明防護鍍層 198。全像194爲包含光碟190所需之操作結構的反射全像。 特定地是,當雷射由全像194反射時,假使正確方位之擺動 紋道呈現在全像影像平面195上時將出現。 在一較佳具體實施例中,全像影像平面195雷射接近至全 像實體平面194以及實質上與配置在驗定光碟第一表面上的 非操作結構196共焦。該雷射如之前被聚焦在由非操作結構 和操作結構(此處,擺動紋道影像)共享的平面上,允許操 作資料(特定爲尋軌資料)和特定分析物資料。 當然,應該爲明顯地是將雷射最佳化聚焦在全像影像平 面上-與非操作結構共焦-需要雷射較不嚴謹地聚焦在全像 實體平面上。而全像非常自然地是不僅容許該“誤差,,亦且 由此得利。如已在光學技藝所知,各部分全像實體表面可 以產生影像之完整性,干涉地編碼在該表面上,然而如照 射部分大小減少,解析度減低。相反地,全像較大部分照 -46- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ' -------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894V. INSTRUCTIONS (43) Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumers' Cooperatives. Many changes in the CD-ROMs can be made. Most of the specific embodiments will be discussed below. Full Image Operation Structure Referring now to Figure 2, a single data layer embodiment is shown. In this particular embodiment, the operational structure of the optical disc is encoded in a reflective holographic image rather than being physically pressed into the optical disc substrate. The reflection hologram allows the physical plane of the operational structure to be removed by the physical plane occupied by the non-operational structure. Most data layer (information layer) discs, as further explained below, present another way of separating the operational and non-operational structures. The optical disk 190 includes a disk substrate 192, a full image 194, and a transparent protective plating 198. The hologram 194 is a reflection hologram containing the operational structure required for the optical disc 190. In particular, when the laser is reflected by hologram 194, it will occur if the oscillating track of the correct orientation appears on omni-image plane 195. In a preferred embodiment, the holographic image plane 195 is laser-proximate to the holographic solid plane 194 and substantially confocal to the non-operational structure 196 disposed on the first surface of the optical disc. The laser, as previously focused on a plane shared by the non-operating structure and the operational structure (here, the wobble track image), allows manipulation of data (specifically tracking data) and specific analyte data. Of course, it should be apparent that the laser is optimized to focus on the holographic image plane - confocal with the non-operating structure - requiring the laser to focus less rigorously on the holographic solid plane. The hologram is very natural to not only tolerate the "error, but also to benefit from it. As is known in the art of optics, the full-image solid surface of each part can produce image integrity, interferingly encoded on the surface, However, if the size of the irradiated part is reduced, the resolution is reduced. Conversely, the larger part of the whole image is -46- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) '------- Order --------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) 1247894

、發明說明(44 ) 2 ’影像較佳。因此,照射雷射點較大,光碟操作結影 像較佳-在較佳具體實施例中,將爲_擺動紋道。 . 將由熟知相關技藝之人士所瞭解地I,全像影像平面亦 可以有利地投射,所以不再正確地與非操作結構共焦,至 於非操作結構如擺動紋道爲與特定分析物信號爲同時可偵 ,。因此,該影像不僅可以雷射接近至全像時平面,亦且 爲雷射遠端。 甚至於,雖然顯π爲整合至光碟190,全像194爲可移 除。此情形允許全像194將利用現存高速全像印製處理加以 大量生產。甚至於,和應用有關,全像194亦可以相反地附 接於光碟基板192,潛在地允許基板192再使用。本發明可 尋軌驗定光碟之全像單一資料層具體實施例允許由光碟閲 讀機廣泛安裝機座可讀取之光碟爲低成本大量生產。 另一方面,本發明單一資料層光碟實體浮凸壓印之具體 實施例中,光碟基板192不需要符合標準透明光碟基板112 之光學需求,因爲光碟基板192位於資料平面之雷射遠端。 亦且如上述之具體實施例中,其中該操作結構分別被浮 凸壓印和反射鍍層,全像具體實施例經常可以有利地包含 輔助聚焦之雷射接近、非整合蓋板。在全像具體實施例 中,焦點因此可以調整在全像影像平面上。Invention Description (44) 2 'Image is preferred. Therefore, the illumination laser spot is large, and the disc operation image is preferably - in the preferred embodiment, the _ wobble track. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the relevant art, the holographic image plane can also be advantageously projected, so that it is no longer correctly confocal with the non-operating structure, as for non-operational structures such as wobbled tracks that are simultaneously with a particular analyte signal. Can detect,. Therefore, the image can not only be close to the plane of the full image, but also the far end of the laser. Even though, π is integrated into the disc 190, the full image 194 is removable. This situation allows the hologram 194 to be mass produced using existing high speed holographic printing processes. Even, depending on the application, the hologram 194 can be attached to the disc substrate 192 in the opposite direction, potentially allowing the substrate 192 to be reused. The present invention can be used to determine the holographic image of a disc. A single data layer embodiment allows a wide range of optical discs that can be read by a disc reader to be mass produced at low cost. In another embodiment of the present invention, the optical substrate 192 does not need to conform to the optical requirements of the standard transparent optical disk substrate 112 because the optical disk substrate 192 is located at the laser distal end of the data plane. Also in the specific embodiment described above, wherein the operational structure is embossed and reflective coated, respectively, the holographic embodiment may often advantageously include a laser-assisted, non-integrated cover that assists in focusing. In the holographic embodiment, the focus can therefore be adjusted on the holographic image plane.

區域化CLV 由上文説明之實體壓印和全像編碼之單一資料層光碟, 二者經常可以利用和CD_R標準擺動紋道不同的尋軌設計。 特別是,本發明光碟可以如本發明以位於光碟區域外之 -47- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297,公釐) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) t 訂---------線· 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 五、發明說明(45 ) (ZCLV)格式原理 “Zoned Constant Linear Velocity” 力口以建 立。此處簡易地加以說明,(ZCLV)格式如相關技藝所熟 知,在各種不同工業標準詳細化,包含DVD_RAM規範(例 如請參考ECMA 272,此處以提及的方式併入本文中)。 如上侧視圖2 1所顯示,ZCLV光碟200具有資料區202,劃 分為多數區域204a-204e。雖然只有顯示5個區域,實際 ZCLV格式光碟可以具有不同數目之區域。例如,dVD-RAM ZCLV格式具有2 4個區域在可窝入資料區域内。 各區域204a-204e劃分為多數扇區206。内部區域具有較外 4區域少的扇區’因為内部區域半徑小於外部區域半徑。 光碟之佈局被配置為各磁執(亦即螺旋各轉)上的資料塊檔 頭資訊在各扇區内為徑向對齊。此情形允許將用於各資料 塊之浮凸壓印、非擺動檔頭區域緊接著資料可以寫入之“擺 動紋面和紋道”。 在使用時,光碟閱讀機可以各區域内的常數速率轉動 ZCLV光碟以及仍然維持區域内的常數資料速率。對内部區 域而言,該光碟必須快速轉動以維持實質上整體常數資^ 速率,而對外部區域而言,該光碟可以較低速率轉動。 圖22顯示ZCLV光碟2〇〇其中之一扇區的一部份放大透视 圖如所能看見,多數磁軌220在扇區内為徑向配置,所以 =磁執具有在“預製紋道,,區域222浮凸壓印之資料塊的檔頭 只,。各磁執資料之後可以在擺動紋道内和“擺動紋面和紋 運區域224内之紋遒間的擺動紋面區域上加以記錄。 為如本發明使用為驗定光碟,非操作結構236可以配置在 -48- X 297公釐) 張尺度緖準(⑶S)A4規格⑹ A7 1247894 五、發明說明(46 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 光碟上之扇區之擺動紋面和紋道區域224内,如圖23所顯 示。因爲在各扇區内,擺動紋面和紋道區域224形成連續區 域,使用ZCLV格式之驗定光碟可以使用各扇區執行不同驗 定。在預製紋遒區域222中的浮凸壓印檔頭資訊可用以儲存 辨識擺動紋面和紋遒區域内之驗定的資訊。該擺動紋面和 紋道區域内之擺動紋面和紋道以及在預製紋道區域中的浮 I凸壓印資料磁軌滿足光碟閲讀機之功能需求。 如上文所建議,各種不同數位多樣化光碟(DVD)標準之 特徵可以有利地在本發明單一資料層具體實施例中之實現 加以利用β所以,本發明不限於現*CD_類型光碟或*CD 標準。除了ZCLV格式特定利用於上文討論之多數驗定光碟 以外,已經明顯地是制訂於DVD標準之較小結構大小和降 低波長雷射允許較高密度之非操作結構將以較可能使用€13 標準爲高的立體鑑別。調適DVD_RAM標準之態樣爲本發明 強向影像倒置光碟的另一重大優點爲其紋面_紋道尋執態樣 (參考ECMA 272),將可用於光碟上之非操作結構偵測和特 徵化的切線解析度加倍。甚至於,提供獨特特徵之雙層資 料層DVD格式將在信文章節中更進一步討論。 光碟蓋板The regionalized CLV is a single data layer disc that is physically imprinted and holographically encoded as described above, and both can often utilize a different tracking design than the CD_R standard wobble track. In particular, the optical disc of the present invention can be applied to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297, mm) at a size of -47-book paper outside the optical disc area according to the present invention (please read the precautions on the back side and then fill in the form) Page) t Order---------Line· Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 V. Invention Description (45) (ZCLV) format principle "Zoned Constant Linear Velocity" force to establish. As explained briefly herein, the (ZCLV) format is well known in the art and is detailed in various industry standards, including the DVD_RAM specification (see, for example, ECMA 272, incorporated herein by reference). As shown in side view 21 of the above, the ZCLV disc 200 has a data area 202 which is divided into a plurality of areas 204a-204e. Although only five areas are displayed, the actual ZCLV format disc can have a different number of areas. For example, the dVD-RAM ZCLV format has 24 areas in the nestable data area. Each of the regions 204a-204e is divided into a plurality of sectors 206. The inner region has fewer sectors than the outer 4 regions because the inner region radius is smaller than the outer region radius. The layout of the disc is configured such that the block header information on each of the magnets (i.e., the spiral turns) is radially aligned within each sector. This situation allows the embossed, non-oscillating head region for each data block to be followed by the "swing pattern and track" where the data can be written. In use, the optical disc reader can rotate the ZCLV disc at a constant rate in each region and still maintain a constant data rate in the region. For the internal area, the disc must be rotated rapidly to maintain a substantially overall constant rate, while for the external area, the disc can be rotated at a lower rate. Figure 22 shows a partially enlarged perspective view of one of the sectors of the ZCLV disc 2, as can be seen, most of the tracks 220 are radially arranged within the sector, so = magnetic hold has "pre-groove, area The head of the 222 embossed embossed data block can only be recorded after the oscillating groove and the oscillating ridge area between the oscillating land and the ridges in the wobbled area 224. For use as a verification optical disc as in the present invention, the non-operational structure 236 can be configured at -48-X 297 mm. Sheet size scale ((3)S) A4 size (6) A7 1247894 V. Invention description (46) (Please read the back Precautions Fill out this page again) The wobbled surface and track area 224 of the sector on the disc, as shown in Figure 23. Since the wobble land and the track area 224 form a continuous area in each sector, the verification of the disc using the ZCLV format can perform different tests using the sectors. The embossed embossed head information in the pre-formed crepe region 222 can be used to store information identifying the swaying ridges and the characterization of the crepe regions. The oscillating surface and track in the oscillating surface and the track area and the floating embossed data track in the pre-formed track area satisfy the functional requirements of the optical disk reader. As suggested above, the features of the various digitally diverse optical disc (DVD) standards can advantageously be utilized in the implementation of the single data layer embodiment of the present invention. Therefore, the present invention is not limited to the current *CD_type disc or *CD standard. In addition to the ZCLV format specifically utilizing most of the assay discs discussed above, it has become apparent that smaller structure sizes and reduced wavelength lasers developed in the DVD standard allow higher density non-operational structures to be more likely to use the €13 standard. For high stereo identification. Adjusting the DVD_RAM standard is another major advantage of the invention for image-inverted discs. It is the pattern of the groove-pattern (refer to ECMA 272), which can be used for non-operational structure detection and characterization on optical discs. The tangent resolution is doubled. Even the two-tiered material layer DVD format that provides unique features will be discussed further in the letter section. Disc cover

經I %\ 由此使用於例子2和例子3中的CD-R閱讀機在此已峻藉由 | 增加聚焦透鏡而修正爲考量缺乏特定分析物光碟第—表 |才®之雷射接近折射基板時調整驅動裝置焦點。經常將優先 皇採用之另-方式爲調整光別本身而非光碟閲讀機。在之後 i 力万式中’雷射折射構件爲附接於光碟雷射接近側而爲蓋 社 印 製 I_ :49- 本紙張尺度適用中關家標準(CNS)A4規格(21G X 297公爱)----------- A7The CD-R readers used in Examples 2 and 3 have been corrected by the addition of a focusing lens to take into account the lack of a specific analyte CD--| Adjust the focus of the drive when the substrate is on. It is often preferred to use the other way to adjust the light itself rather than the optical disc reader. In the later i-type, the 'laser refractive member is attached to the laser laser approaching side and printed for the cover company I_ :49- This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21G X 297 public) )----------- A7

1247894 五、發明說明(47 ) 板;該蓋板作用爲折射以及因此聚焦該入射光在光碟折射 表面上。合迤地設計時,該蓋板在驅動裝置聚焦光學中排 除另一交替。使用此種蓋板而獲得呈現在圖4〇中的資料, 而不用另一聚焦透鏡17之輔助。 此種方式描繪在圖19中。在此藉由傳統方式,雷射光由 此侧面橫斷面圖底部入射。光碟130包括光碟基板132和反 射層134,非操作結構1 3 6配置在反射層上。擺動紋遒138 在基板132中壓製以及由反射層134加以鍍層,如指示。亦 且顯示在圖中的是非整合蓋板140。此種蓋板之一具體實施 例更進一步在圖35中以上透視圖更進一步顯示。 較佳地是,光碟組件(光碟加上附接蓋板)以近似於一元 化光碟之大小標準加以定大小,也就是説,深度爲i 2 mm 以及直徑爲80 mm或是120 mm。然而,亦預期地是該光碟 組件可以由此大小加以變化。在之後這些案例中,不論光 碟標準之實體大小規範之變化,該組件必須仍然證實能夠 符合驅動裝置之必要光學和機械需求:在這些需求間,該 雷射必須正確地聚焦在光碟操作平面上,該光碟組件必須 適當地夾住轉軸,以及該光碟組件必須和標準重量變化不 大以致於驅動裝置馬達不能維持適當的轉動速度。 在此呈現之例子6在下文説明聚碳酸脂製造之蓋板近似 1.17 mm厚,但是除此以外大小相當於標準的120 mm光碟。 該蓋板以聚碳酸脂製造爲利用聚碳酸脂的熟知光學品質以 及利用裝置調適於其轉造之現成使用性。然而,如下文更 進一步討論,其他塑膠可以有利地使用於建造光碟蓋板。 -50- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ·_ -------訂--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 r----—- _— B7_ 五、發明說明(48 ) 如例子5製造之單一資料層光碟爲1 2 +/- 〇 〇5 mjn厚,·如 例子6製造之單一資料層光碟爲大約117厚。由紅皮書標準 (所有組合層爲1.1 - 1·5 mm)提供之實體厚度外部组合爲二 蓋板之深度近似2.4 mm。雖然此情形不會呈現光學問題-保 持瘥規範内的光學路徑·看似可能爲此增加厚度可能呈現夹 住驅動裝置中之光碟組件的困難度。甚至於,該紐合之光 碟和蓋板超越標準、一元化光碟重量。 然而,實驗性地我們不期望地發現箝夾和轉動之組件沒 有問題。呈現在圖4 0之資料爲使用如例子5製造之光碟而 獲得以及在光碟機讀取之前以依據例子6製造之蓋板組 合。該蓋板提供足夠的輔助於聚焦以排除另一聚焦透鏡之 增加至光碟機拾音器於產生在圖4〇陳述之資料。 在一系列分離之實驗中(沒有顯示),我們在附接蓋板之 前由光碟移除箝夹環,允許驅動裝置藉由單獨箝夹該12 min厚之蓋板而嘴合光碟組件。亦且如上文所討論,該光碟 本身可以藉由在DVD-R鑄模中沖壓而減低厚度。 雖然非整合構件目前較佳化爲雷射折射光碟蓋板之構 件’可安裝絞鍊或是另外可移動附接之整合構件或是不能 移動之整合構件亦可以加以使用。依據所需之使用,非整 合構件可以反向地(可移除)或是非反向地附接至該光碟。 爲產生呈現於圖40之資料,如例子6製造之非整合聚破 酸脂蓋板可以反向地固定於如例子5製造之光碟。可以部 分使聚碳酸脂溶解以及使其成爲發黏的二至三小滴甲基甲 銅(ΜΕΚ),被應用於光碟箝夾環142。商業上可使用之塗漆 -51 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 經 濟 部 智 慧 財 產 局 員 工 消 費 合 作 社 印 製 五、發明說明(49 ) 等級被使用。之後蓋板被溫和地壓印在光碟上大約3 〇秒。 MEK永久地將蓋板固定光碟箝夹環;在組件外徑上,光碟 和蓋板保持緊密地並列但不附接。 系統光學和機械需求爲需要光碟和蓋板以緊密徑向登記 组合以防止光碟離開圓周;在轉動期間之不正常行爲可以 防止伺服機構鎖定尋軌信號。 爲確定適當的登記,本發明光碟和匹配之非整合蓋板將 較佳地具有相互囔合及/或相互鎖定之非操作結構。在一較 佳之方式中,孩蓋板將和光碟爲周園地重疊。如例子6製 造之離形蓋板,缺乏工程化之結構,如下定位於光碟中 心 〇 在啓始工作中’ CD支架(“珠寶盒,,)之塑膠托盤被用以使 單一資料層前向影像、正浮雕倒置光碟不能移動。MEK以 滴管應用於光碟箝夹環且蓋板之後置放於頂端以及壓製到 正確位置。支架中的可變形轉軸保持光碟和蓋板爲夠緊密 登記以允許成功的組合。這些工作之後績,簡單的專屬 t置被改革以冗成該登記。 分別如例子5和例子6製造之光碟和蓋板爲各具有疊環 144 ’將推央垓142箝夾環142由資料區分離。該資料區,由 光碟(和蓋板)一倒突出但非另一側,當堆疊時,設計爲使 鄰近光碟互相保持足夠距離以防止刮傷。因此,以疊環組 合之光碟和蓋板爲相互面對。 MEK在此使用於實驗樣本中,因爲方便和快速允許聚碳 酸H構附接。其他黏合劑亦可以使用而且需要除了聚碳 . -------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) -52- A7 1247894 _B7 五、發明說明(5〇 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 酸脂以外的塑膠使用於蓋板及/或光碟。甚至於,MEK使聚 碳酸脂表面結霜;雖然其應用於箝夾環142沒有呈現光學問 題,如其位於資料區外部一樣,假使結合在資料區内爲所 需時,較近於光碟外徑,MEK不能容易地使用。爲了那些 目的,光學上更合適的黏合劑將爲較佳;在此種黏合劑之 間,那些典型用以附接DVD光碟中的分離薄層之黏合劑(參 考下文)可以證實爲較佳。一種該黏合劑在美國專利案號爲 第5,879,774號中説明,該文獻在此以提及的方式併入本文 中。尚在審理中以及共同擁有之美國專利申請案號爲第 09/263,972 號由 Virtanen 户斤申請取名爲 “Monomolecular Adhesion Methods for Manufacturing Microfabricated Multilaminate Devices”,該文獻在此以提及的方式併入本文 中,呈現另一替代方案於標準黏合劑,可以證實爲特別有 利於固定雷射折射蓋板至具有非操作結構之可尋軌光碟。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 聚碳酸脂被選擇於在此舉例證明之蓋板以利用聚碳酸脂 熟知的光學稟直以及裝置調適於其鑄造之存在使用性。然 而,其他塑膠可以優越地使用於建立光碟蓋板。此種塑膠 包含聚甲基丙烯酸、聚乙烯、聚丙烯、聚丙晞酸、聚甲基 丙晞酸酯、聚氣乙晞、聚四氟乙烯、聚苯乙烯、聚碳酸 脂、聚乙縮醛、polysulfones聚確·、纖維素醋酸鹽、硝酸纖 維素、醋酸纖維素或是其中之混合物。玻璃亦可以使用。 如上文所表示,非操作結構爲較佳地與本發明單一資料 層光碟之操作結構共焦配置。此情形允許後者同時聚焦在 光碟之非操作結構與操作結構上。甚至於,當信號元素直 -53- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 x 297公釐) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(51 道二操I:構内時-由此舉例證明之光碟中,落於擺動紋 返7虎被最大化。 二二將,解地疋非操作結構和操作結構(特別是尋軌) ^而要在相箏之聚焦平面中·能夠滿足該非操作結構和操作 結 (請先閲讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 結構足以共焦而使光碟閲讀機目的组件同時偵測該 構0 因此,非操作結構可以配至在蓋板雷射遠端侧(也就是 説,光碟接近)而非另外在光碟表面本身上。此方式呈現一 些重大優點。 第一,配置非操作結構在塑膠上引人注目地增加用以固 足非操作結構之化學物,如特定分析物信號元素至表面。 雖然金-硫化黏合劑證實可廣泛調適_如抗體(例子2 )之附 著、細胞(例子3)之附著、核酸(例子7)之附接-塑膠呈現 可使用附接化學物之更廣泛選擇。 第二,雖然金表面可以圖樣化以呈現該附接之離散格 點’塑膠表面甚至可以更容易地衍生以呈現立體定義圖樣 之化學反應群組’這些反應群組圖樣依次加強在立體可尋 址圖樣中之非操作結構的應用。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 這些圖樣中之某些圖樣和其優點在共同擁有以及尚在審 理中的美國專利申請案案號爲第08/888,935號,1997年7月7 曰申請;以及第09/120,049號,1998年7月21曰申請之申請 案中説明;這些文獻在此處以提及的方式併入本文中。在 該文獻中討論之優點爲報告跨越廣泛動態範圍之分析物濃 度之圖樣以配置信號元素的能力。 54 1247894 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 ------— Π7 —_ 五、發明說明(52 ) &quot;&quot; 一 其他立體定義和立體可轟祕同梯 版』寻址圖樣容易建立這些優點本 身。例如,以其他基板上之立體 ^ &lt;上體了y址袼式如矽晶片或是 玻璃片配置核酸之利用爲熟知。 甚至於,置放較近於光碟内徑之特定分析物元素在光碟 動作開始時被讀取;置放於内徑漸遠之特定分析物元素在 漸大轉動延遲之後被讀取。在非均衡分析中,該圖樣容易 地允許動力驗定被執行,而較早之反應時間點因此由配置 光碟更周圍之驗定格點報告。 第三,塑膠表面亦可以容易地衍生以呈現所需程度之親 水性,當表面必須一致以似水樣本弄濕時,呈現在金屬表 面之上的優點。另外,表面可以圖樣化爲區域呈現變化程 度之親水性和恐水性。 第四,我們已經觀察到跨越光碟表面之流體流量由擺動 紋道本身影響以及由紋道本身阻止。此情形在圖3 8中實際 説明’其中使用之微串珠爲容易造成沿著紋道對齊。光碟 蓋板之平坦表面沒有呈現此種阻礙至跨越其表面的流體均 勻流量。 第五,microfluidic成分可以容易地工程化爲塑膠蓋板。 該microfluidics尤其在共同擁有和尚在審理中之申請案序號 爲09/064,636號申請案中説明,該文獻在此處以提及的方式 併入本文中。 配置非操作結構在塑膠蓋板上的另一優點爲,當該蓋板 爲非整體和可由光碟組件移除時,該可尋執光碟本身可以 再使用。 -55- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公爱Γ ----------------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 B7 1247894 五、發明說明(53 ) 該蓋板-無論整體或是非整體,可移除或是永遠固定,具 有或是不具有配置在上面的非操作結構-可以作用爲其他優 越功能。應該明顯的是本發明光碟反射表面外露於空氣 中,與標準光碟反射層114相反。爲此原因,非氧化金屬爲 較佳地使用於其製造中’雖然錯或是由薄層塑膠覆蓋之非 氧化金屬可以使用。正外露時,本發明第一表面之特定分 析物驗定光碟之反射層134受到磨損、灰塵和類似物,可能 衰減由此獲得之信號。塑膠蓋板有利地保護反射表面以及 保護資訊以免受到環境衰減。 另外,該蓋板作用爲將傳染病和其他引起疾病的媒介與 隔離使用者之,一重大好處爲病毒媒介如HI V之免疫分 析。 由操作立場,在非操作結構136已經配置在反射層134上 之後的可移除蓋板140之應用,可以壓縮非操作結構以及驅 動其至擺動紋道138中,更進一步將信號元素接近至光碟非 操作結構,以增加信號。 在有利於雷射折射蓋板之建構的塑膠間,聚苯乙烯證實 特別有利:許多現行臨床驗定爲在聚苯乙烯表面上執行。 使用於酵·鏈結之免疫吸收物驗定(ELISA)和放射免疫檢定 法(RIA)之標準微滴定量碟狀物,由聚苯乙缔製成。參加在 聚苯乙晞表面上臨床驗定之執行的大量豐富經驗;因此此 種驗定可以容易地調適爲呈現平臺。另外,聚苯乙烯之精 密鑄造目前被實現以及容易地完成。 甚至於,該蓋板亦可以有利地由玻璃而非塑膠或是其他 -56- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210x297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 1247894 ___B7______ 五、發明說明(54 ) 實質上透明超冷流體、液晶或是包含矽之結晶材料組成。 理所當然暸解地是,該蓋板140厚度必須調整爲考量所選 擇塑膠之折射指數的差異以將雷射正確地劇聚焦在光碟非 操作結構上。該調整在光碟技師之技巧内爲理所當然。 亦將瞭解地是,經由蓋板偵測非操作結構_也就是説,執 心弟一表面而非第一表面-將有時由增益控制電路驅動之呈 現中獲得益處,如CDRW驅動裝置之大量主要性上發現。 雖然説明爲一致組合,可能以表面圖樣化而言,該蓋板 亦可以具有非一致組合,在徑向平面或是光軸方向或是二 者之方向。 亦可能藉由以薄透明層塑膠將光碟反射表面鍍層而達成 藉由配置非操作結構在塑膠蓋板上所賦予之許多優點,該 非操作結構之後應用在蓋板上(亦即在此多重薄層結構的最 雷射接近表面上)。聚苯乙烯樹脂可以容易地用於此目的以 及之後原位熱化處理。該樹脂藉由眞空配置或是轉動鍍層 加以應用,之後以UV光熱化處理;該處理以聚甲基丙烯酸 在相關技藝中實現,廣泛熟知爲“2P”處理。 此後者的方式賦予配置非操作結構,如特定分析物信號 兀素在塑膠上的先前提到之優點。甚至於,該方式刪除另 外存在於蓋板和光碟金表面之間的界限狀況,允許由更協 調的光之光碟操作平面回轉。然而,因爲該層設計爲夠薄 以置放實質上與光碟操作結構共焦之該信號元素,該層單 獨不足以完全輔助聚焦。一合適大小之蓋板則可以另外使 I!! — — ! — — I I I I I I I t !11! -^ . (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣1247894 V. INSTRUCTION DESCRIPTION (47) A plate; the cover acts to refract and thereby focus the incident light on the refractive surface of the disc. When designed in a cooperative manner, the cover plate is alternated in the focusing optics of the drive unit. The material presented in Fig. 4A is obtained using such a cover plate without the aid of another focusing lens 17. This way is depicted in Figure 19. Here, by conventional means, the laser light is incident from the bottom of the side cross-sectional view. The optical disc 130 includes a disc substrate 132 and a reflective layer 134, and the non-operational structure 136 is disposed on the reflective layer. The oscillating ridges 138 are pressed in the substrate 132 and plated by the reflective layer 134 as indicated. Also shown in the figure is a non-integrated cover plate 140. One embodiment of such a cover is further shown further in Figure 35 in the above perspective. Preferably, the optical disc assembly (disc plus the attachment cover) is sized to approximate the size of the monolithic disc, that is, the depth is i 2 mm and the diameter is 80 mm or 120 mm. However, it is also contemplated that the disc assembly can be varied in size. In these latter cases, regardless of changes in the physical size specifications of the disc standard, the assembly must still demonstrate compliance with the necessary optical and mechanical requirements of the drive: between these requirements, the laser must be properly focused on the disc operating plane, The disc assembly must properly clamp the spindle, and the disc assembly must not change much with the standard weight so that the drive motor cannot maintain the proper rotational speed. Example 6 presented here below illustrates that the cover plate made of polycarbonate is approximately 1.17 mm thick, but otherwise the size is equivalent to a standard 120 mm disc. The cover is made of polycarbonate to take advantage of the well-known optical qualities of polycarbonate and the ready-to-use properties of the device for its conversion. However, as discussed further below, other plastics can be advantageously used to construct the optical disc cover. -50- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) · _ ------- order --------- (please read the notes on the back first) Fill in this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Ministry of Printing and Economy Ministry Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperatives Printed 1247894 A7 r------ _- B7_ V. Invention Description (48) Single material as in Example 5 The layered disc is 1 2 +/- 〇〇 5 mjn thick, and the single data layer disc manufactured as in Example 6 is approximately 117 thick. The physical thickness provided by the Red Book Standard (1.1 - 1·5 mm for all combination layers) is externally combined to a depth of approximately 2.4 mm for the second cover. Although this situation does not present an optical problem - maintaining the optical path within the specification - it appears that increasing the thickness for this may present the difficulty of clamping the optical disc assembly in the drive. Even the new disc and cover exceed the standard, unified disc weight. However, experimentally we have undesirably found that the jaws and rotating components are not problematic. The data presented in Figure 40 is obtained using the optical disc manufactured as in Example 5 and the cover assembly manufactured in accordance with Example 6 prior to reading by the optical disc drive. The cover plate provides sufficient assistance to focus to exclude the addition of another focus lens to the disc player pickup to produce the information set forth in Figure 4A. In a series of separation experiments (not shown), we removed the jaw ring from the disc before attaching the cover, allowing the drive to couple the disc assembly by clamping the 12 min thick cover separately. Also as discussed above, the disc itself can be reduced in thickness by stamping in a DVD-R mold. Although non-integrated components are currently preferred as members of a laser refracting optical disk cover, a hinged or otherwise movably attached integrated component or an integral component that cannot be moved can also be used. The non-integrated member can be attached to the disc in reverse (removable) or non-reverse depending on the desired use. To produce the information presented in Figure 40, a non-integrated polyacid seal cover made as in Example 6 can be reversely secured to a disc as manufactured in Example 5. Two to three small drops of methyl copper (barium), which can partially dissolve the polycarbonate and make it sticky, are applied to the disc clamp ring 142. Commercially available paint-51 - This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ------- order--------- line (please first Read the precautions on the back and fill out this page.) 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Employees Consumption Cooperative Printed 5. Inventories (49) Levels are used. The cover is then gently embossed on the disc for approximately 3 sec. The MEK permanently secures the cover to the disc clamp ring; on the outside diameter of the assembly, the disc and cover remain tightly juxtaposed but not attached. The optical and mechanical requirements of the system require a compact radial registration of the disc and cover to prevent the disc from leaving the circumference; abnormal behavior during rotation prevents the servo from locking the tracking signal. To determine proper registration, the optical disc of the present invention and the mating non-integrated cover will preferably have non-operative configurations that are coupled to each other and/or interlocked with one another. In a better way, the cover of the child will overlap with the disc. The release cover made in Example 6 lacks an engineered structure, and is positioned in the center of the disc as follows. In the start-up work, the plastic tray of the CD holder ("jewel box") is used to make a single data layer forward image. The embossed inverted disc cannot be moved. The MEK is applied to the disc clamp ring with the dropper and the cover is placed at the top and pressed to the correct position. The deformable shaft in the bracket keeps the disc and cover tightly registered to allow for success. The combination of these work, the simple exclusive t-set was reformed to make up for the registration. The discs and cover plates manufactured as in Examples 5 and 6, respectively, have stacked loops 144 'will push the 垓 142 clamp ring 142 Separated by the data area. The data area is protruded from the optical disc (and the cover) but not on the other side. When stacked, it is designed to keep the adjacent optical discs at a sufficient distance from each other to prevent scratching. Therefore, the stack is combined. The disc and the cover are facing each other. MEK is used here in the experimental sample because it allows for convenient and rapid attachment of the polycarbonate. Other adhesives can be used and need to be in addition to polycarbon. -------^ - -------- (Please read the note on the back? Please fill out this page again) -52- A7 1247894 _B7 V. Description of the invention (5〇) (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Plastics other than acid fat are used for the cover and/or optical disc. Even MEK frosts the surface of the polycarbonate; although its application to the clamp ring 142 does not present an optical problem, as it is located outside the data area, if it is combined with data MEK cannot be easily used when needed in the zone, and for these purposes, optically more suitable adhesives will be preferred; among such adhesives, those typically used for attachment A separate layer of adhesive in a DVD disc (see below) may prove to be preferred. One such adhesive is described in U.S. Patent No. 5,879,774, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The patent application No. 09/263,972, filed by Virtanen, is also known by the name of "Monomolecular Adhesion Methods for Manufacturing Microfabricated Multilaminate Devices", which is hereby incorporated by reference. The manners mentioned are incorporated herein, presenting another alternative to standard adhesives, which can be demonstrated to be particularly advantageous for securing a laser refractive cover to a trackable optical disc having a non-operational structure. Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives The printed polycarbonate is selected from the cover sheets exemplified herein to take advantage of the well-known optical alignment of the polycarbonate and the suitability of the device for its casting. However, other plastics can be advantageously used to create a disc cover. The plastic comprises polymethacrylic acid, polyethylene, polypropylene, polyacrylic acid, polymethyl phthalic acid ester, polystyrene, polytetrafluoroethylene, polystyrene, polycarbonate, polyacetal, Polysulfones, cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate, cellulose acetate or a mixture thereof. Glass can also be used. As indicated above, the non-operational structure is preferably in a confocal configuration with the operational structure of the single data layer optical disc of the present invention. This situation allows the latter to focus on both the non-operational structure and the operational structure of the disc. Even when the signal element is straight-53-this paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 x 297 mm) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (51 Road 2 Operations I: In-Building - This is an example In the disc, the tiger is maximized in the swaying pattern. The second and second will solve the non-operating structure and the operating structure (especially the tracking). In the focus plane of the kite, the non-operating structure can be satisfied. And the operation of the knot (please read the note on the back and then fill in the page) The structure is sufficient to confocal and the component of the disc reader is simultaneously detected. Therefore, the non-operating structure can be attached to the far side of the cover laser (also That is to say, the disc is close to it, not on the surface of the disc itself. This approach presents some significant advantages. First, the non-operating structure is configured to dramatically increase the chemical on the plastic to secure the non-operating structure, such as specific Analyte signal elements to the surface. Although gold-vulcanized binders have been shown to be widely adaptable - such as attachment of antibodies (example 2), attachment of cells (example 3), attachment of nucleic acids (example 7) - plastic presentation can be attached A wider choice of learning materials. Second, although the gold surface can be patterned to present the attached discrete lattice points, the plastic surface can even be more easily derived to present a chemical reaction group of stereo definition patterns. In turn, the application of non-operational structures in stereoscopically addressable patterns is enhanced. The Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Intellectual Property Office, the Staff Consumer Cooperative, prints some of these patterns and their advantages in co-owned and pending US patent applications. No. 08/888,935, filed July 7, 1997; and the application of the application Serial No. 09/120, 049, filed on July 21, 1998, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. The advantage discussed in this document is the ability to report patterns of analyte concentrations across a wide dynamic range to configure signal elements. 54 1247894 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed A7 ------- Π7 —_ V , the invention description (52) &quot;&quot; a other stereo definition and stereoscopic bombardment with the ladder version of the addressing pattern is easy to establish these advantages themselves. For example, with other bases The above three-dimensional ^ &lt; upper body y-site 矽 type such as 矽 wafer or glass sheet configuration nucleic acid utilization is well known. Even, the specific analyte element placed near the inner diameter of the disc is read at the beginning of the disc action The specific analyte element placed at an inner diameter is read after the progressive rotation delay. In the unbalanced analysis, the pattern easily allows the power check to be performed, and the earlier reaction time point is thus The report of the fixed spot around the disc is configured. Third, the plastic surface can also be easily derivatized to exhibit the desired degree of hydrophilicity, which presents an advantage over the metal surface when the surface must be uniform to wet the water sample. In addition, the surface can be patterned into a hydrophilicity and a water-staining degree in which the region exhibits a degree of change. Fourth, we have observed that the flow of fluid across the surface of the disc is affected by the wobbled groove itself and by the groove itself. This situation is illustrated in Figure 38. The microbeads used therein are susceptible to alignment along the track. The flat surface of the disc cover does not exhibit such a barrier to a uniform flow of fluid across its surface. Fifth, the microfluidic component can be easily engineered into a plastic cover. The microfluidics are described in particular in the application Serial No. 09/064,636, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference. Another advantage of configuring the non-operating structure on the plastic cover is that the readable optical disc itself can be reused when the cover is non-integral and can be removed by the optical disc assembly. -55- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 public Γ - ----------------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill in the form) Page) A7 B7 1247894 V. INSTRUCTIONS (53) The cover, whether integral or non-integral, removable or permanently fixed, with or without a non-operating structure disposed thereon, can function as other superior functions. It should be apparent that the reflective surface of the optical disc of the present invention is exposed to the air as opposed to the standard optical disc reflective layer 114. For this reason, non-oxidized metal is preferably used in its manufacture, although it is wrong or covered by a thin layer of plastic. The oxidized metal can be used. When exposed, the specific analyte of the first surface of the present invention determines that the reflective layer 134 of the disc is subject to wear, dust and the like, possibly attenuating the signals thus obtained. The plastic cover advantageously protects the reflective surface and Protect the information from environmental degradation. In addition, the cover serves to isolate infectious diseases and other vectors that cause disease, and a major benefit is the immunoassay of viral media such as HI V. The application of the removable cover 140 after the non-operational structure 136 has been disposed on the reflective layer 134 can compress the non-operating structure and drive it into the wobble track 138, further bringing the signal elements closer to the non-operating structure of the disc, To increase the signal. Polystyrene has proven to be particularly advantageous between plastics that facilitate the construction of laser-refractive covers: many current clinical tests are performed on polystyrene surfaces. Immunoabsorbance assays used in leaven chains Standard (ELISA) and radioimmunoassay (RIA) standard microtiter plates made of polystyrene. Participate in a large amount of experience in the clinical validation of polystyrene surfaces; It can be easily adapted to the presentation platform. In addition, precision casting of polystyrene is currently realized and easily completed. Even the cover can be advantageously applied by glass instead of plastic or other -56- paper scale China National Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210x297 mm) --------^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office staff consumption Co-op printing A7 1247894 ___B7______ V. Description of invention (54) Substantially transparent ultra-cold fluid, liquid crystal or crystalline material containing niobium. It is understood that the thickness of the cover plate 140 must be adjusted to take into account the refractive index of the selected plastic. The difference is to focus the laser on the non-operating structure of the disc. This adjustment is taken for granted by the disc technician's skill. It will also be understood that the non-operational structure is detected via the cover plate. The surface rather than the first surface - will sometimes benefit from the presentation driven by the gain control circuit, as found in the large number of main features of the CDRW drive. Although illustrated as a consistent combination, the cover may also be surface patterned. There may be a non-uniform combination in the radial plane or the direction of the optical axis or both. It is also possible to achieve many advantages imparted to the plastic cover by arranging the non-operating structure by plating the reflective surface of the optical disc with a thin transparent layer of plastic, which is then applied to the cover (i.e., multiple layers in this layer). The most laser of the structure is close to the surface). Polystyrene resin can be easily used for this purpose and then in situ heat treatment. The resin is applied by a hollow configuration or a rotating coating, followed by UV photothermal treatment; this treatment is carried out in the related art as polymethacrylic acid, widely known as "2P" treatment. The latter approach gives the configuration of non-operational structures, such as the previously mentioned advantages of specific analyte signals on plastics. Even this method removes the boundary condition that otherwise exists between the cover and the gold surface of the disc, allowing the plane to be rotated by the more coordinated optical disc. However, because the layer is designed to be thin enough to place the signal element that is substantially confocal to the disc operating structure, the layer alone is not sufficient to fully assist focus. A suitable size cover can be used to make I!! — — ! — — I I I I I I I ! 11! -^ . (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff Cooperatives, Printed Clothes

12478941247894

五、發明說明(55 ) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 甚至於,Μ鍍層可以有利地以薄層玻璃而非塑勝或是其 他實質上透明超冷流體、液晶或是結晶材料㈣組成。 如上又所纟丨,增/如雷射折射蓋板至該光碟以建立重新 儲存第二表面特徵至光碟之光碟組件時,允許額外透鏡17 由光學拾晋器移除。呈現在圖4〇中之資料爲使用如例子5 製造之具有如例子6製造之蓋板的光碟而獲得,由Rie〇h 6200S CD-RW光碟機讀取而不用在例子2和例子3中輔助聚 焦之額外聚焦透鏡。 如圖31和圖32所顯示,在例子5製造之光碟爲用以產生 圖40顯示之資料,具有紋遒深度近似1〇〇nm,接近第一表 面偵測之最佳化。甚至具有蓋板時,該1〇〇 nm紋遒深度允 许介於信號和背景之間的現成鐘別,如圖4 〇中所顯示之電 子追蹤所證明,實際説明建構具有可讀取之非操作結構的 單一資料層可尋軌光碟之目前方式爲非常健全。 蓋板140爲選擇性地呈現,而驗定格點爲正準備在光碟 上,樣本被加上;如需要顯影該驗定時,執行另一驗定步 驟。此後,爲準備光碟於讀取,蓋板140置放在反射層134 和信號元素136上。 擺動偵測 如上文所討論,該擺動紋道爲證實特別有利於本發明單 一資料層具體實施例中操作和非操作信號之同時和可鐵別 偵測的尋轨結構,爲首先加入至光碟標準以允許CD (和之 後的DVD)媒體之使用者導向記錄。如相關標準所陳述,口 語術語化爲橘皮書,該擺動由記錄裝置在寫入資料至光碟 -58- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2W χ 297公爱) -------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(56 ) 期間所偵測;此後,尋執藉由偵測如此窝入之資料而完 成。特定光碟裝置,主要爲品質控制目的而已經製造,具 有能力偵測擺動尋執結構而不用窝入至光碟。此種裝置的 例子包含由加州Irvine市CD Associates公司和瑞典MalmS市 Audio Development AB製造的那些光碟°因此,除了使用於 這些特殊化品質控制裝置以外,該標準和許多標準之存在 製作,一般預期該擺動在寫入之後爲冗餘。 因爲該擺動典型只在窝入期間偵測,一處理不需要於本 發明大多數製作(以及造成振幅可能干擾特定分析物信號偵 測之雷射脈衝),在C D製造中特殊設計於品質控制目的之 讀寫器在例子2和例子3中使用;此裝置偵測和追蹤該擺動 而不強制雷射以光碟窝入時所需能量加以脈衝。不需要用 以產生圖4 0資料之額外聚焦透鏡的該Ricoh 6200S CD-RW光 碟機被調適爲讀取該擺動而不需寫入至該光碟。 信號處理 在例子3中,如上文簡易説明以及在下文詳細説明,該類 比HF信號被饋送至數位示波器以產生在圖13-18顯示之即 時追蹤。相反地,圖4 0資料首先被擷取 '數位化、儲存在 電腦磁碟上,以及此後只藉由解釋性軟體顯示在電腦監視 器上,更進一步在Worthington等人所撰寫,於1999年8月23 曰申請之美國專利申請案案號爲第09/378.878號(事務所案 號爲 BURST-15)之“Methods and Apparatus for Analyzing Nonoperational Data Acquired from Optical Disc”説明以及在 Worthington等人所撰寫,於1999年8月23曰申請之美國專利 -59- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) -------^---------^ .^^91 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) A7 1247894 ___ '_B7__ 五、發明說明(57 ) 申請案案號爲第60/150-288號(事務所案號爲BURST-18P)之 “Methods and Apparatus for Optical Disc Data Acquisition using Physical Synchronization Markers” 説明’該申請案文獻 在此處以提及的方式併入本文中。 多重資料層光碟 本發明第二系列具體實施例利用制訂於最近發展之數位 多樣化光碟(D V )格式之多重資料層結構。如下文所詳細討 論,該DVD格式特別良好地適合於提供光碟幾何亦即尋執 設計,允許光碟尋執信號與非操作結構產生之信號同時擴 取以及鐘別。 現在參考圖24,顯示典型雙層DVD格式光碟。藉由此處 之傳統,雷射光由下方入射。光碟包括雷射接近基板 282、半反射層284、間隔層286、反射層288和雷射运^基 板 290。 接近基板282包栝透明光學材料如聚碳酸脂’具有所選擇 折射指數,用以輔助將雷射光束聚焦在二層資料之一侧。 接近基板282可以由類似於上文用於製造CD-R格式光碟處 理之注射鑄造處理加以製造。接近基板282爲典型地以沿著 螺旋執配置之資料加以浮凸壓印。這些資料爲典型地視爲 存在於二層光碟之“層〇”中。 接近基板282之該含有資料表面以半反射層2 8 4加以鍍 層,包括非常薄之鍍層村料如矽、金、链、銀、銅或是其 中之合金,用以反射一些光以及傳輸一些光。雖然反射性 可以容納一個範圍,但半反射層284典型地具有近似30%之 -60- 本紙張尺@目$鮮(CNS^4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------^--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 A7 B7 五、發明說明(58 ) 反射性。因此,半反射層284可以具有大约20%-40%之反射 性,較佳地是25%-35%,最佳地是大約30%。 运端基拒► 290包括如聚端^酸脂之材料^可以螺旋資料軌加 以麵造。因爲雷射光束將不通過遠端基板290 ’所以其光學 特徵爲不重要。遠端基板2 9 0可以由注射結造處理加以製 造,如上文所述。 遠端基板290以在螺旋資料執中的資料加以浮凸壓印,該 軌可以和層0之螺旋資料執平行運行(亦即由光碟内部部分 至外部部分)或是在層0之螺旋資料執之反方向(亦即由光碟 外部部分至内部部分)。浮凸壓印在遠端基板290中的資料 視爲存在於二層光碟之“層1 ”中。 遠端基板290之該含有資料表面以反射層288加以鏡層, 包括薄層之任倚材料如金、館、銀、銅。反射層288典型地 具有設計爲可能接近層0之反射性。當由一層交換至另一 層讀取時,此方式可以藉由自動增益控制強制再調整而完 成;增益之此種變化可以反向影響尋執。對此理由而言, 雙層光碟之層1最經常具有遠低於70%之反射性。 間隔286提供40至70微米之空間介於雙層光碟之層1與層0 之間,以及作用爲結合接近基板282和半反射層284至遠端 基板290和反射層288。間隔286典型地包括具有接近於製造 接近基板282之材料折射指數的折射指數之光學膠黏劑。 在使用時,DVD閲讀機可以將雷射光束聚焦在半反射層 2S4—側上,以讀取層0中之資料,或是在反射層288上,以 讀取層1中之資料。DVD光碟多層特性和DVD閱讀機共存的 -61 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(59 ) 又焦點使得DVD特別良好地適合使用於本發明:由光碟操 作結構所佔據之平面在這些具體實施例中,實體上可以和 特定分析物元素所佔據之平面分離,加強二類型資料之同 時可鐘別擴取。 因此,在一具體實施例中,非操作結構和資料層〇共焦; 該光碟尋轨和其他操作結構位於資料層1。相反地,在另 一具體實施例中,非操作結構和資料層1共焦,且該光碟 尋軌和其他操作結構位於資料層〇。在另一替代方案中, 驗定元素爲配置間隔層286中,實質上與二資料層之一層共 焦。 這些原理中之一些原理藉由參考圖2 5顯示之具體實施例 加以實際説明。圖25呈現DVD類型雙資料層驗定光碟3〇〇 之分解侧視圖。該光碟實質上沿著在典型雙曾DVD光碟中 由間隔層286定義之平面拆開。 光碟300包括二部分:主部分302和蓋板部分303。該部分 可以永久地固定於另一部分,可以分離和组合或是可以分 離和反向地組合。在這些建構中之任何建構中,在光碟讀 取之前,該蓋板部分303組合在主部分302之外部驗定區域 306之上。開孔308和區域304爲如此定大小以允許二件之緊 貼和可靠之安裝。 主部分302之外部驗定區域306包括單一資料層區域,非 操作結構爲配置在該區域上。類似於上文呈現之單一資料 層具體實施例,外部驗定區域306以擺動紋道(沒有顯示)加 以浮凸壓印,或是其他合適尋軌結構,使用於提供尋執資 -62- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 一 --------------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(6〇 ) (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 飢至光碟閲謂機。依據DVT)標準,以及和上文呈現之單一 資料層具體實施例相反,該擺動紋遒可以爲前向影像或是 反向影像紋道。如所提到一般,可以使用ZCLV格式。 主部分302亦包括内部資料區域3〇4。内部資料區域3〇4以 類似於正常雙曾DVD光碟之方式加以格式化。程式和資料 可以儲存在光躁此區域之層〇及/或層1。 特別是,肉部資料區域3〇4較佳地包含指引光碟閲讀機調 整其焦點以杈正該資料層而讀取呈現在驗定區域3〇6中之特 定分析物信號。甚至於,内部資料區域3〇4可以儲存用以調 整韌體或是驅動裝置晶片組“快閃,,元件之資料,如需要地 允許驅動裝置正確地讀取和解譯特定分析物信號。 蓋板邵分303較佳地包括透明光學村料如聚碳酸脂、聚甲 基丙缔酸或是玻璃,選擇爲將光碟3〇〇操作結構(例如擺動 紋道)偵測以及信號元素偵測加以最佳化。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 將爲明顯地是,在相關技藝技巧内之良妤變化包含將非 操作結構被至在區域306之層0或層1,或是在該二層上, 實體地由該驗定平面分離尋執結構,該結構可能本身缺乏 尋軌結構或是組合。另外,該驗定可以在光碟組合之前藉 由沈澱該信號元素在蓋板部分303上的雷射遠端表面上而在 蓋板部分303上執行。 對熟知相關技藝之人士而言,爲明顯地是,具有許多微 小變化可以在此具體實施例中製成。例如,假使大量資料 或是程式爲解釋驗定結果所需要時,内部資料區域304可以 具有窝在層0及層1上的資料,而不用改變外部驗定區域 -63- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐)V. Description of the invention (55) The Ministry of Economic Affairs' Intellectual Property Office staff consumption cooperative prints that even the ruthenium coating can be advantageously composed of thin-layer glass instead of plastic or other substantially transparent ultra-cold fluid, liquid crystal or crystalline material (4). . As further discussed above, the additional lens 17 is allowed to be removed by the optical pick-up when the laser refracts the cover plate to the disc to establish a disc assembly that re-stors the second surface feature to the disc. The data presented in Fig. 4A was obtained using a disc manufactured as in Example 5 having a cover plate as manufactured in Example 6, and was read by a Rie〇h 6200S CD-RW disc drive without being assisted in Examples 2 and 3. An additional focusing lens that focuses. As shown in Fig. 31 and Fig. 32, the optical disc manufactured in the example 5 is used to generate the data shown in Fig. 40, and has a grain depth of approximately 1 〇〇 nm, which is close to the optimization of the first surface detection. Even with a cover plate, the 1〇〇nm grain depth allows for an off-the-shelf clock between the signal and the background, as evidenced by the electronic tracking shown in Figure 4, which shows that the construction is readable and non-operational. The current way in which a single data layer of a structure can be tracked is very robust. The cover 140 is selectively presented, and the verification grid is being prepared on the disc, and the sample is added; if it is desired to develop the inspection, another verification step is performed. Thereafter, in order to prepare the disc for reading, the cover 140 is placed on the reflective layer 134 and the signal element 136. Swing Detection As discussed above, the wobble track is a tracking structure that proves to be particularly advantageous for both the operative and non-operational signals in the single data layer embodiment of the present invention and for the ferrous detection. To allow users of the CD (and subsequent DVD) media to direct the recording. As stated in the relevant standards, the colloquial terminology is the Orange Book, which is written by the recording device to the CD-58- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (2W χ 297 public) --- ----Book---------Line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (56) Period Detection; thereafter, the search is done by detecting such insufficiency. The specific optical disc device, which has been manufactured primarily for quality control purposes, has the ability to detect the wobble seek structure without having to nest into the disc. Examples of such devices include those manufactured by CD Associates of Irvine, Calif., and Audio Development AB of MalmS, Sweden. Therefore, in addition to the use of these specialized quality control devices, the standard and the existence of many standards are generally expected. The wobble is redundant after writing. Since the wobble is typically detected only during the nesting process, a process that does not require most of the fabrication of the present invention (and laser pulses that cause amplitudes to interfere with the detection of a particular analyte signal) is specifically designed for quality control purposes in CD manufacturing. The reader is used in Examples 2 and 3; the device detects and tracks the wobble without forcing the laser to pulse with the energy required for the disc to enter. The Ricoh 6200S CD-RW disc player, which does not require an additional focusing lens to produce the Figure 40 data, is adapted to read the wobble without writing to the disc. Signal Processing In Example 3, as briefly described above and as explained in detail below, the analog HF signal is fed to a digital oscilloscope to produce the instant traces shown in Figures 13-18. Conversely, Figure 40 is first captured as 'digitized, stored on a computer disk, and then displayed on a computer monitor only by interpretive software, further written by Worthington et al., 1999 8 The "Methods and Apparatus for Analyzing Nonoperational Data Acquired from Optical Disc" description of U.S. Patent Application Serial No. 09/378.878 (issue number BURST-15), filed on March 23, and filed by Worthington et al. US patent-59- applied at August 23, 1999. This paper scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------^--------- ^ .^^91 (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) A7 1247894 ___ '_B7__ V. Invention Description (57) The application number is No. 60/150-288 (The firm's case number is BURST- 18P) "Methods and Apparatus for Optical Disc Data Acquisition using Physical Synchronization Markers". 'The application document is hereby incorporated by reference. Multiple Data Layer Optical Discs A second series of embodiments of the present invention utilizes a multiple data layer structure developed in the recently developed Digital Diverse Disc (D V ) format. As discussed in detail below, the DVD format is particularly well suited for providing optical disc geometry, i.e., seek design, allowing both the disc seek signal and the signal generated by the non-operational structure to be simultaneously expanded and clocked. Referring now to Figure 24, a typical dual layer DVD format disc is shown. With the tradition here, laser light is incident from below. The optical disc includes a laser close to the substrate 282, a semi-reflective layer 284, a spacer layer 286, a reflective layer 288, and a laser transport substrate 290. The substrate 282 is coated with a transparent optical material such as polycarbonate having a selected index of refraction to assist in focusing the laser beam on one side of the second layer of data. The proximity substrate 282 can be fabricated by an injection casting process similar to that used above for fabricating CD-R format discs. The proximity substrate 282 is typically embossed with embossed material along the configuration of the spiral. These materials are typically considered to be present in the "layer" of a two-layer disc. The surface containing the substrate adjacent to the substrate 282 is plated with a semi-reflective layer 284, including very thin coatings such as ruthenium, gold, chains, silver, copper or alloys thereof for reflecting some light and transmitting some light. . Although the reflectivity can accommodate a range, the semi-reflective layer 284 typically has approximately 30% -60- of this paper size @目$鲜(CNS^4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- ^--------- (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed 1244894 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed A7 B7 V. Invention Description (58) Reflectivity. Thus, the semi-reflective layer 284 can have a reflectivity of about 20% to 40%, preferably 25% to 35%, and most preferably about 30%. The material of the poly-acidic acid can be fabricated by spiral data tracks. Since the laser beam will not pass through the remote substrate 290', its optical characteristics are not important. The remote substrate 290 can be manufactured by injection molding. As described above, the remote substrate 290 is embossed with the data in the spiral data, and the rail can be operated in parallel with the spiral data of the layer 0 (that is, from the inner portion to the outer portion of the optical disc) or The spiral data of layer 0 is in the opposite direction (that is, from the outer part of the disc to the inner part) The material embossed in the remote substrate 290 is considered to be present in the "layer 1" of the two-layer optical disc. The surface of the remote substrate 290 containing the data surface is mirrored by the reflective layer 288, including the thin layer. Materials such as gold, pavilion, silver, copper. Reflective layer 288 typically has a reflectivity that is designed to be close to layer 0. This mode can be accomplished by automatic gain control forced re-adjustment when reading from one layer to another. This change in gain can adversely affect the seek. For this reason, layer 1 of the dual-layer disc most often has a reflectivity well below 70%. Interval 286 provides a space between 40 and 70 microns in the double layer. Between layer 1 and layer 0 of the optical disc, and acting to bond the proximity substrate 282 and the semi-reflective layer 284 to the distal substrate 290 and reflective layer 288. The spacing 286 typically includes a refraction having a refractive index close to that of the material from which the substrate 282 is fabricated. Index optical adhesive. In use, the DVD reader can focus the laser beam on the side of the semi-reflective layer 2S4 to read the data in layer 0 or on the reflective layer 288 to read the layer. 1 in the information. More DVDs Features and DVD Reader Coexistence -61 - This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) -------- order--------- line (please 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 5, Invention Notes (59) The focus is on making DVDs particularly well suited for use in the present invention: occupied by optical disc operating structures In these embodiments, the plane can be physically separated from the plane occupied by a particular analyte element, and the two types of data can be enhanced while being expanded. Thus, in one embodiment, the non-operational structure and the data layer are confocal; the optical tracking and other operational structures are located in the data layer 1. Conversely, in another embodiment, the non-operational structure and data layer 1 are confocal, and the optical tracking and other operational structures are located in the data layer. In another alternative, the assay element is disposed in the spacer layer 286 and is substantially confocal to one of the two data layers. Some of these principles are actually illustrated by reference to the specific embodiment shown in Figure 25. Fig. 25 is an exploded side view showing the DVD type double data layer verification optical disc 3〇〇. The disc is substantially detached along a plane defined by the spacer layer 286 in a typical double-president DVD disc. The optical disc 300 includes two parts: a main portion 302 and a cover portion 303. This portion may be permanently fixed to another portion, may be separated and combined, or may be combined separately and in reverse. In any of these constructions, the cover portion 303 is combined over the outer verification region 306 of the main portion 302 prior to the optical disc reading. The apertures 308 and 304 are sized to allow for a two-piece fit and reliable mounting. The external verification area 306 of the main portion 302 includes a single data layer area on which the non-operational structure is disposed. Similar to the single data layer embodiment presented above, the external verification region 306 is embossed with a wobble track (not shown), or other suitable tracking structure for use in providing a search for a syllabus-62- The paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). One -------------------- Order --------- Line (Please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (6〇) (Please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page again) Hunger to CD reading machine. In contrast to the DVT) standard, and in contrast to the single data layer embodiment presented above, the wobble pattern can be a forward image or a reverse image track. As mentioned, the ZCLV format can be used. The main portion 302 also includes an internal data area 3〇4. The internal data area 3〇4 is formatted in a manner similar to a normal dual DVD. Programs and materials can be stored in layers and/or layer 1 of this area. In particular, the meat portion data area 3.4 preferably includes a directing optical disc reader to adjust its focus to correct the data layer and to read a particular analyte signal present in the assay area 3〇6. In addition, the internal data area 〇4 can be stored to adjust the firmware or the driver chipset "flash, component data, as needed to allow the drive to properly read and interpret specific analyte signals. The plate SHAO 303 preferably includes a transparent optical material such as polycarbonate, polymethyl propylene or glass, and is selected to detect the optical structure of the optical disk (eg, wobble track) and signal element detection. Optimization. The printing of the Ministry of Economic Intelligence's Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperatives will obviously be that the change in the relevant skill and skill includes the inclusion of the non-operational structure to layer 0 or layer 1 of area 306, or On the second floor, the fetching structure is physically separated from the verification plane, which may itself lack a tracking structure or combination. In addition, the verification may be performed on the cover portion 303 by precipitating the signal element prior to the disc assembly. The laser distal surface is performed on the cover portion 303. It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that many minor variations can be made in this particular embodiment. For example, If a large amount of data or a program is required to interpret the verification result, the internal data area 304 can have data nested on layers 0 and 1 without changing the external verification area -63- This paper size applies to the Chinese national standard ( CNS) A4 size (210 X 297 mm)

1247894 306層0擺動紋道和驗定結果(亦即信號元素)。 多層DVD格式之另一組優點可以藉由參考圖2 6而暸解, 該圖爲依據本發明建立之另一多層具體實施例驗定光碟之 橫斷面圖。藉由此處之傳統,雷射光由下方入射。 光碟320包括位於間隔層324中的通道322。驗定可以藉由 將測試之材料經由開孔325導入至通遒322而執行,該^孔 位於光碟雷射遠端倒上。當執行驗定時,信號元素爲配置 在光碟320層1之反射層326上。 光碟320層1以擺動紋道加以浮凸壓印,提供光碟閱讀機 最小操作需要。光碟320層0包含讀取驗定光碟和解譯^結 果所需要之資料和程式。 &quot; 對熟知相關技藝之人士而言,爲明顯地是,多數驗定可 以藉由使用分離通道322而在單一光碟上執行,各通道設計 爲處理不同驗定。另外,將爲明顯地是,通道322在間隔 324内的位置可以變化。例如,通道322可以鄰近層〇而非層 1,或是可以粗略地以間隔324定中心。在這些案例其中之 一案例中’信號元素置放於通遒322内爲執行驗定結果,可 以在聚焦於呈現在光碟320層i中非操作結構上之雷射回轉 路徑中加以偵測。 1998年4月21曰申請之共同擁有及上在審理中之申請案序 號爲09/064,636號之文獻在此處以提及的方式併入本文中, 説明各種不同通遒化及其他三維驗定光碟之變化。 圖2 7顯示類似於圖2 6之驗定光碟320的側面横斷面圖。 雷射將由下方入射。在圖27之光碟330中,通遒322爲往光 -64- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) --------tr--------- (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印制衣 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(62 ) 碟外部定位,使光碟3 3 0中央部分成爲“標準”二層光碟。光 碟330層0劃分爲二區段。層0區段334儲存資料或是程式, 如上文所説明。層0區段336包括具有光學性質可以和區段 334光學性質不同之透明材料。在一較佳具體實施例中,層 0區段336之光學性質爲最佳化於使雷射光束聚焦在光碟非 操作結構上,以及最佳化於偵測通道322中的信號元素。 參考圖2 8,依據本發明原理建立之另一雙層具體實施例 驗定光碟以類似側面橫斷面圖加以顯示。光碟340可使用於 DVD閲讀機或是CD-R閲讀機。光碟34〇層〇依據DVD格式配 置。在光碟340層0上編碼之資料可以由標準DVD播放機讀 取。光碟34〇層1依據CD-R格式編碼,所以可以使用較廣之 磁軌節距以及低密度配置資料。資料可以配置在光碟34〇層 1中央部分342。層1之驗定部分以擺動紋道加以浮凸壓印 以滿足光碟閲讀機操作需求,以及鄰近通道346,爲用於執 行驗定’如上文所説明。 圖29顯示二層光碟之另一具體實施例。在光碟35〇上, 二層光碟層1之資料和操作結構由全像352加以提供。全像 3 52類似於圖20之全像194,所以出現於光碟閲讀機之在全 像352上編碼的操作結構和資料將定於影像平面354上,該 平面相對於全像352可以爲雷射遠端或是雷射接近。通道 356爲用於執行驗定,所以信號元素可以配置在光碟35〇之 間隔層358内。這些信號元素在聚焦於全像352操作結構上 之雷射光束的回轉路徑中爲可偵測。 對熟知相關技藝之人士爲明顯地是類似全像352之全像可 -65- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 x 297公釐) I---- — — ----— — — 1 訂—1111--•線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 五、發明說明(63 ) 用以提供層1在幾卑u、中、7 你布 煢歹丄述&lt;任_雙層光碟中。如顯示,影 i 丫面354相對於全雄q志 &lt; · (請先閱讀背面之注音?事項再填寫本頁) 將出护g f垃&amp; 冬35▲表面為雷射接近,所以信號元素 擺動紋道内。在層1表面上,或是在由全像说模擬的 更進:步對熟知相關技藝之人士爲明顯地是參考二層光 茱顯示之叫多丄述(具體實施例可以容易地延伸爲使用具 ,:多於二層之多層光碟。例如’用於執行驗定之通道可: 士人多層光碟之各層之間,而各層(除層〇以外)提供光碟閲 謂機所需要的任何操作結構。 下列例子以解釋方式而非以限制方式提供。 例子1 適合於特定分析物驗定之可尋軌前向影像正浮雕倒置光碟 之製造 由Cinram公司(加州安那罕市)製造之包含CD_R格式擺動 纹道汾像的未打孔父片,爲藉由標準程序基體化爲€〇_11母 片。簡易地是,該電鑄爲藉由Digital Matrix公司(紐約1247894 306 layer 0 wobble track and verification result (ie signal element). Another set of advantages of the multi-layered DVD format can be understood by reference to Figure 26, which is a cross-sectional view of a verification optical disc in accordance with another multi-layered embodiment of the present invention. With the tradition here, laser light is incident from below. The optical disc 320 includes a channel 322 located in the spacer layer 324. The verification can be performed by introducing the material of the test through the opening 325 to the port 322, which is located at the far end of the disc laser. When the timing is performed, the signal element is disposed on the reflective layer 326 of the layer 320 of the optical disc 320. The layer 320 of the optical disc 320 is embossed with a wobble track to provide a minimum operational need for the optical disc reader. Layer 320 of the disc contains the data and programs needed to read the verification disc and interpret the results. &quot; For those skilled in the art, it is apparent that most assays can be performed on a single disc by using separate channels 322, each designed to handle different assays. Additionally, it will be apparent that the position of the channel 322 within the interval 324 can vary. For example, channel 322 can be adjacent to layer 〇 instead of layer 1, or can be roughly centered at interval 324. In one of these cases, the 'signal element' is placed in the overnight 322 to perform the verification result, which can be detected in a laser slewing path that is focused on the non-operational structure presented in layer 320 of the disc. The co-owned and pending trial application filed on April 21, 1998, with the serial number 09/064, 636, is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety, indicating various different general and other three-dimensional verification CDs. Change. Figure 27 shows a side cross-sectional view of the optical disc 320 similar to that of Figure 26. The laser will be incident from below. In the optical disc 330 of Fig. 27, the overnight 322 is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) to the light-64-paper scale. --------tr----- ---- (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printing Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printing Clothing 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (62) Positioning makes the central part of the disc 3 3 0 a "standard" layer 2 disc. The layer 330 of the disc 330 is divided into two sections. Layer 0 section 334 stores data or programs, as explained above. Layer 0 section 336 includes a transparent material having optical properties that may differ from the optical properties of section 334. In a preferred embodiment, the optical properties of layer 0 segment 336 are optimized to focus the laser beam onto the optical disc inoperative structure, as well as to optimize the signal elements in detection channel 322. Referring to Figure 2, another two-layer embodiment constructed in accordance with the principles of the present invention is shown in a similar cross-sectional view. The disc 340 can be used for a DVD reader or a CD-R reader. The disc 34 layer is configured according to the DVD format. The data encoded on layer 340 of the disc 340 can be read by a standard DVD player. The optical disc 34 layer 1 is coded according to the CD-R format, so that a wider track pitch and a low density configuration can be used. The data can be arranged in the central portion 342 of the disc 34 layer 1 . The verification portion of layer 1 is embossed with a wobble track to meet the operational requirements of the optical disc reader, and adjacent channel 346 for performing the verification&apos; as explained above. Figure 29 shows another embodiment of a two-layer optical disc. On the optical disk 35, the data and operation structure of the two-layer optical disk layer 1 are provided by the hologram 352. The hologram 3 52 is similar to the hologram 194 of FIG. 20, so that the operational structure and data encoded on the hologram 352 of the optical disc reader will be positioned on the image plane 354, which may be a laser relative to the hologram 352. The far end or the laser is close. Channel 356 is used to perform the verification, so the signal elements can be placed in spacer layer 358 of optical disc 35. These signal elements are detectable in the swivel path of the laser beam focused on the holographic 352 operating structure. For those who are familiar with the relevant art, it is obviously a holographic image similar to the full image 352-65- This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇x 297 mm) I------ --- — — 1 set —1111--• line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) 1247894 V. Description of the invention (63) to provide layer 1 in a few ü, medium, 7 you cloth Brief description &lt; 任 _ double-layer disc. As shown, the shadow i 丫 354 relative to the whole male q Zhi &lt; · (please read the phonetic on the back? Please fill out this page) will be out of the gfrag &amp; winter 35 ▲ surface is close to the laser, so the signal element Swing inside the groove. On the surface of layer 1, or in the simulation of the hologram, the person familiar with the relevant art is obviously referring to the two-layer pupil display (the specific embodiment can be easily extended to use With: more than two layers of multi-layer discs. For example, 'the channel used to perform the verification can be: between the layers of the multi-layer disc of the scholar, and each layer (except the layer) provides any operational structure required by the disc reading machine. The following examples are provided by explanation and not by way of limitation. Example 1 Manufacture of track-ready forward-image embossed inverted discs suitable for specific analyte verification. Cinram (Anahan, Calif.) manufactured with CD_R format The unpunched father of the Taoist image is matrixed into a 〇_11 master by standard procedures. Simply, the electroforming is done by Digital Matrix (New York)

Hempstead市)製造之電鑄系統中之鎳氨基磺酸鹽槽中執 行。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 將琢母片加以清潔、擦亮polished和打孔,之後直接使用 爲壓模以製造具有操作結構爲正浮雕之前向影像螺旋紋道 的倒置光碟。由Netstal機器公司(瑞典)製造之 NETSTAL鑄造機器和瑞典AWM公司創建之CD-R鑄模爲用 以在EXIMPO S.R.〇(布拉格,捷克共和國)產生光碟。注射 鑄造機器之鑄造參數被調整以加強鑄模中的高度通風,而 -66 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) A7 1247894 B7 五、發明說明(64 ) 正確地再生該紋道。用以鑄模光碟之聚碳酸脂由Bayer Plastics公司生產。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 該聚碳酸脂光碟基扳之後以金使用First Light Technologies (緬因州Saco市)公司製造之喷鍍金屬化合器加 以金屬化。 如圖10-12之AFM量測所顯示,這些光碟深度近似170 nm 而具有近似1 · 6 μιη之磁執節距。 例子2 在可尋執光碟上之IgG-特定免疫分析格點之建構 單一資料層、第一表面、前向影像/正浮雕擺動光碟爲依 據例子1加以製造。光碟之金表面之後如下衍生以建構特 定於光碟之驗定格點能夠偵測血液樣本中之人體IgG。 2 mg N-[6-(維生素Η氨基)己基】-3’-(2’ -比啶基過硫基) 丙醯胺(“維生素H_HPDP”)( Pierce,Rockford, IL ;貨品號爲 97032461號)之可分量爲溶解於2 ml之二甲基甲醯胺。在4 個意圖之驗定格點中的各格點上,各以距離光碟中心相同 之半徑加以定位,10 μΐ之維生素H-HPDP溶液用移液管移 動。該光碟在室溫下被培養2小時,以及之後以50 mM磷酸 鹽緩衝器(pH 7)清洗。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 接著,10 μΐ 之 streptavidin 溶液(Monobind、Costa Mesa, CA ;貨品96-001/MF ; 2 mg/ml)被用移液管移動在相同驗定 點上。該光碟在室溫下被培養1小時,以及之後以50 mM磷 酸鹽緩衝器清洗。Execution in a nickel sulfamate tank in an electroforming system manufactured by Hempstead. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumers' Cooperatives. The masterbatch is cleaned, polished, and punched, and then directly used as a stamper to make an inverted disc with an operational structure that is embossed to the image spiral track. The NETSTAL casting machine manufactured by Netstal Machines (Sweden) and the CD-R mould created by AWM Sweden are used to produce discs in EXIMPO S.R.〇 (Prague, Czech Republic). The casting parameters of the injection casting machine are adjusted to enhance the high degree of ventilation in the mold, while the -66 paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). A7 1247894 B7 V. Invention Description (64) Correctly Regenerate the grain. The polycarbonate used to mold the optical disc was produced by Bayer Plastics. (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page.) The polycarbonate disc is then metallized with gold using a metallization tool made by First Light Technologies (Saco, Maine). As shown in the AFM measurements in Figure 10-12, these discs have a depth of approximately 170 nm and a magnetic pitch of approximately 1.6 μm. Example 2 Construction of an IgG-specific immunoassay grid on a searchable disc A single data layer, a first surface, a forward image/positive embossed oscillating disc was manufactured according to Example 1. The gold surface of the disc is then derived as follows to construct a test spot specific to the disc to detect human IgG in the blood sample. 2 mg N-[6-(vitaminium amino)hexyl]-3'-(2'-pyridylperthio)propanamide ("Vitamin H_HPDP") (Pierce, Rockford, IL; Art No. 97032461) The component is dissolved in 2 ml of dimethylformamide. At each of the four intent checkpoints, each was positioned at the same radius from the center of the disc, and 10 μL of the vitamin H-HPDP solution was pipetted. The disc was incubated at room temperature for 2 hours and then washed with a 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7). Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperatives Next, 10 μΐ of streptavidin solution (Monobind, Costa Mesa, CA; product 96-001/MF; 2 mg/ml) was pipetted at the same test point. The disc was incubated for 1 hour at room temperature and then washed with a 50 mM phosphate buffer.

Biotmylated goat抗-人體 IgG 由 Chemicon International 公司 -67- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公爱) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(65 ) (加州Temecula市;親和力淨化.,貨品47797017)獲得。5 μΐ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 之可分量被用移液管移動在4個驗定格點中的各格點上。 該光碟^在室溫下被·培養1小時,後以50 πιΜ麟1酸鹽緩'衝器 (pH 7)清洗。 完成之驗定格點的幾何在圖7 A中示意。維生素H-HPDP 70形成光碟表面之上的分子層,以金-硫化與格(座標)黏合 劑接合至光碟金表面(An)。Streptavidin 72,其各分子可以 在高親和力下接合4維生素Η分子,形成次層。Biotinylated goat抗-人體IgG 76,在驗定格點上賦予驗定特定性,之後 尤其維生素Η —部ί分7 4接合至固定streptavidin 72。該goat 抗人體IgG在允許其固定之位置上biotinylated,而不干擾 抗原(人體IgG)接合。 如此衍生之光碟之後用以驗定人體血液IgG之呈現。 100 μΐ人體血液之樣本由正常志願者抽出。100 μΐ樣本之 可分量使用磷酸鹽·緩衝器之鹼鹽(“ PBS”)稀釋1 0倍。二種 另外10 : 1系列稀釋相同地執行。各一樣本之1 0微升(μΐ )可 分量-也就是説,未稀釋血液之可分量和3系列稀釋血液樣 本之可分量-爲分開和單獨置放在4光碟驗定格點其中之一 驗定格點上。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 該光碟在密閉潮濕器室内之氮氣下以室溫培養2小時。該 光碟之後以PBS清洗。 爲了發展IgG-特定之驗定,也就是説,使其適合於報告 在應用之樣本中IgG之呈現,5 μΐ (160 μβ)之MagaBeads™ goat 抗-人體 IgG (Fc)(加州 San Leandro 市 Cortex Biochem 公 -68- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(66 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 司;貨品7A2201A)被作成記號在4驗定格點中之各格點 上,以及該光碟以50 mM磷酸鹽緩衝器(pH 7)清洗以及之後 以蒸餾水清洗。 在由血液捕獲IgG以及以抗-人體IgG MagaBeads™發展之 後的驗定格點之幾何爲在圖7B中加以示意。已經呈現在血 液樣本(分析物)中之IgG 78由biotinylated抗-人體IgG 76加以 接合,固定在該驗定袼點上。該人體IgG 78之後更進一步 作用爲固定抗-人體IgG Magabeads™ 79 ° Magabeads™爲商 業上可使用之球體乳膠可磁化粒子-和不同種類接合之一部 分,如此處之goat抗-人體IgG或是另外和允許定製共軛之 反應群組加以預先共耗。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 該光碟被乾燥化,以及其表面之後由光線和原子力微觀 (AFM)加以視覺化。圖8爲加入人體血液和抗體-共耗球體 之後’由一部分IgG特定第一表面特定分析物可尋軌驗定光 碟之光微觀檢視捕捉之視頻影像。圖9和圖1 〇爲免疫特定 附著於該光碟之單一膠乳球體的AFM影像,放大率爲稍高 於圖8所使用之放大率,而總結在影像擷取期間由AFM觀察 之測足大小。圖1 1爲免疫特定附著於第一表面可尋執人體 IgG-特定光碟以及呈現在相同領域之二膠乳球體的afm影 像,而總結在影像擷取期間由AFM觀察之測定大小。 例子3 在RBC-特定可尋執免疫分析光碟上之人體紅血球的電子偵 測和特徵化 單一資料層、第一表面、前向影像/正浮雕擺動光碟爲依 -69- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(67 ) 據例子1加以製造。光碟之金表面之後如下衍生。 2 mg N-[6-(維生素Η氨基)己基]-3f-(2’ -比啶基過硫基) 丙醯胺(“維生素H-HPDP”)( Pierce,Rockford,IL ;貨品號爲 97032461號)之可分量爲溶解於2 ml之二甲基甲醯胺。在4 個意圖之驗定格點中的各格點上,各以距離光碟中心相同 之半徑加以定位,10 μΐ之維生素H-HPDP溶液爲用移液管移 動。該光碟在室溫下被培養2小時,以及之後以50 mM磷酸 鹽缓衝器(pH 7)清洗。 接著,10 μΐ 之 streptavidin溶液(Monobind、Costa Mesa, CA,·貨品96-001/MF,· 2 mg/ml)被用移液管移動在相同驗定 點上。該光碟在室溫下被培養1小時,以及之後以50 mM磷 酸鹽缓衝器清洗。 單系老鼠抗-人體glycophorin A抗體(加辦Carpinteria市 Dako公司;貨品113)爲如下加以biotinylated。抗體之100 μΐ 可分量與0· 1 mg之維生素Η,0-Ν-脛基丁二驢胺酯之 聚(乙烯乙二醇)-碳酸酯(‘‘ Bio-PEG-NHS,,)( A L 州 Huntsville 市Shearwater公司;貨品PT-028-27)爲100μ1之磷酸鹽緩衝器 (pH 7)以及允許反應1小時。維生素η -共軛抗-人體 glycophorin Α爲相對於相同緩衝器(透析MWCO = 30,000)加 以透析整夜。 該透析之之維生素Η -共軛抗-人體glyCOphorin A抗體用移 液管移動在光碟上的streptavidin-鍍層驗定點上以及該光碟 之後在室溫加以培養1小時,之後使用50 mM磷酸鹽緩衝器 (pH 7)加以清洗。 -70- 度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) „ --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)Biotmylated goat anti-human IgG by Chemicon International -67- This paper size applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention description (65) (Temecula, California; affinity purification ., goods 47797017) obtained. The 5 μΐ (please read the precautions on the back and fill out this page) can be moved by pipettes at each of the four test grid points. The optical disk was incubated at room temperature for 1 hour, and then washed with a 50 πι 11 1 acid buffer (pH 7). The geometry of the completed checkpoint is illustrated in Figure 7A. Vitamin H-HPDP 70 forms a molecular layer above the surface of the disc and is bonded to the disc gold surface (An) with a gold-vulcanized and lattice (coordinate) adhesive. Streptavidin 72, each molecule can bind 4 vitamins and molecules to form a sublayer with high affinity. Biotinylated goat anti-human IgG 76, which confers specificity on the assay grid, after which, in particular, the vitamin Η is divided into 7 to the fixed streptavidin 72. The goat anti-human IgG is biotinylated at a position that allows it to be immobilized without interfering with antigen (human IgG) binding. The disc thus derived is used to verify the presentation of human blood IgG. A sample of 100 μΐ human blood was drawn from normal volunteers. The 100 μΐ sample can be diluted 10 times with a phosphate buffer base (“PBS”). Two additional 10: 1 series dilutions are performed identically. Each of the same 10 microliters (μΐ) component - that is, the fraction of undiluted blood and the component of the 3 series of diluted blood samples - is separately and separately placed in one of the 4 disc verification points. Fixed point. Printed by the Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Office, Staff Consumer Cooperative. The disc was incubated at room temperature for 2 hours under nitrogen in a closed humid chamber. The disc is then washed with PBS. To develop an IgG-specific assay, that is, to make it suitable for reporting the presence of IgG in a sample of the application, 5 μΐ (160 μβ) of MagaBeadsTM goat anti-human IgG (Fc) (Cortex, San Leandro, CA) Biochem Male-68- This paper size is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 297 297 mm) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention description (66) (Please read the note on the back and fill out this page) 7A2201A) was marked as a mark at each of the 4 test grid points, and the disc was washed with a 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7) and then washed with distilled water. The geometry of the assay grid after IgG capture by blood and development with anti-human IgG MagaBeadsTM is illustrated in Figure 7B. IgG 78, which has been presented in a blood sample (analyte), was ligated by biotinylated anti-human IgG 76 and immobilized on the assay site. The human IgG 78 further functions to immobilize anti-human IgG MagabeadsTM 79 ° MagabeadsTM for commercially available spheroidal latex magnetizable particles - and one of a variety of different types of junctions, such as here goat anti-human IgG or another And pre-consume with a reaction group that allows custom conjugates. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperatives. The disc is dried and its surface is visualized by light and atomic force microscopic (AFM). Figure 8 is a video image of a light microscopic view capture of a disc that can be tracked by a portion of an IgG-specific first surface-specific analyte after addition to human blood and antibody-consumable spheres. Figures 9 and 1 show an AFM image of a single latex sphere that is specifically attached to the disc, the magnification being slightly higher than the magnification used in Figure 8, and the measured foot size as observed by AFM during image capture. Figure 11 is an afm image that is immunologically attached to the first surface to search for human IgG-specific discs and two latex spheres present in the same field, and summarizes the measured size observed by AFM during image capture. Example 3 Electronic detection and characterization of human red blood cells on RBC-specific searchable immunoassay discs Single data layer, first surface, forward image/positive relief oscillating disc is based on -69- This paper scale applies to China Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1244894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (67) Manufactured according to Example 1. The gold surface of the disc is then derived as follows. 2 mg N-[6-(vitaminium amino)hexyl]-3f-(2'-pyridylperthio)propanamide ("Vitamin H-HPDP") (Pierce, Rockford, IL; Art No. 97032461 The component can be dissolved in 2 ml of dimethylformamide. At each of the four intent checkpoints, each was positioned at the same radius from the center of the disc, and 10 μL of the vitamin H-HPDP solution was pipetted. The disc was incubated at room temperature for 2 hours and then washed with a 50 mM phosphate buffer (pH 7). Next, 10 μΐ of streptavidin solution (Monobind, Costa Mesa, CA,·product 96-001/MF, · 2 mg/ml) was pipetted at the same assay point. The disc was incubated for 1 hour at room temperature and then washed with a 50 mM phosphate buffer. Monoclonal mouse anti-human glycophorin A antibody (added to Carkinteria City Dako; product 113) was biotinylated as follows. 100 μΐ of antibody can be combined with 0·1 mg of vitamin Η, 0-Ν-mercapto dimethyl amide (polyethylene glycol)-carbonate ('' Bio-PEG-NHS,,) (AL Shearwater, Huntsville, State; PT-028-27) is a 100 μl phosphate buffer (pH 7) and allows for 1 hour of reaction. Vitamin η - conjugated anti-human glycophorin Α was dialysis overnight compared to the same buffer (dialysis MWCO = 30,000). The dialyzed vitamin Η-conjugated anti-human glyCOphorin A antibody was pipetted on a streptavidin-plating test spot on a disc and after the disc was incubated at room temperature for 1 hour, after which a 50 mM phosphate buffer was used. (pH 7) was washed. -70- degree is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) „ -------- order--------- line (please read the notes on the back and fill in again) This page)

A7 1247894 _____B7______ 五、發明說明(68 ) 如此衍生之光碟之後用以驗定人體血液中之紅血球細胞 的呈現。 100 μΐ人體血液之樣本由正常志願者抽出。10{) μ1樣本之 可分量使用磷酸鹽-缓衝器鹼鹽(“ PBS”)稀釋1 〇倍。二種另 外10 : 1系列稀釋相同地執行。一樣本之i 〇微升(μ1)可分量 以及各系列稀釋之樣本之1 0 μΐ可分量-爲分開和單獨置放 在4光碟驗定格點上。 該光碟在密閉潮濕器室内之氮氣下以室溫培養2小時。該 光碟之後以PBS清洗。 圖1 2爲確定RBC免疫特定附著於光碟驗定格點的原子力 atomic微觀影像。如量化分析所表示,RBC水平大小既定爲 7·984 μιη,和紅血球細胞已知直徑吻合(8 μπ1);此大小和 例子2所使用和觀察之膠乳球體的均句3 μιη直徑明顯地不 同。在紋道底部之上的RBC高度觀察爲 該光碟以三元醇之5 %溶液清洗,如下文在光碟機中加以 乾燥和讀取。 由CD Associates,Inc.(加州lrvine市)所製造用於光碟工業 品質控制使用的CD-R裝置爲用以讀取該光碟。驅動裝置的 CD-R擺動尋軌系統(模式RSL100)被加入之透鏡17修正光學 拾音器以在光碟上缺乏第一折射層時調整聚焦;轉軸之高 度亦提高。H F信號(R F或是四列總和)由RSL100中的電子 電路加以放大,以及該緩衝之H F信號輸入至數位示波器。 圖1 3呈現代表性追蹤,以X軸顯示時間而γ軸顯示四列 總和信號大小。圖1 3實際説明紅血球細胞直接可見地爲 _ -71 - 本&amp;張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) &quot;&quot; &quot; --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(69 ) (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) CD-R閱讀機η F信號高頻、高振幅事件;對哺乳動物細胞 大小之分析物而言,沒有膠乳球體或是其他外因發出信號 之一部份爲所需以產生特定分析物信號。 由圖13之示波器追蹤亦明顯地是,HF基準線的差異爲 雙重峰値。雖然紅血球細胞已知爲具有特徵性雙凹形狀, 我們已經在例子2中觀察到此雙重峰値被用以報告分析物 之呈現。此雙重峰値出現爲雷射遍歷紋道中之球體時,由 反射比中 &lt; 再生變化形成。 由圖1 3之示波器tracing另一觀察而言,容易見到地是在 發出信號事件各倒上的基準線爲穩定;也就是説,擺動紋 道(此處製造爲inverse影像擺動紋道)之尋軌本身不造成 guad sum信號中的重大變化。 如CD-R標準之光學間讀機,無論正在光碟上的任何位置 讀取都維持常數線性速度,修正轉軸速度以鎖定擺動紋道 之頻率。依據已知光碟線性速度和示波器追縱上的增量標 示’示波器尋執上的各劃分可以顯示爲相當於光碟上線性 距離13 μηχ。如圖1 3顯示之示波器追蹤所量測,四列總和 信號基準線中的差異因此既定爲1〇 μπι,近似尋軌紋道方向 之物件的非校正大小。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 该物件實際大小爲較小。使用3 μιη膠乳球體之閱讀機校 準和示波器已經給予示波器峰值報告5 μπι明顯大小,較實 際物件寬2 μηχ。此情形適當地在驗定光碟上的第一表面上 考量爲1·5 μχη雷射聚焦直徑。 考量介於量測和雷射直徑在光碟表面上發生實際大小之 -72 - 本紙張尺度過用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 X 297公釐) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 (1) 8h 1247894 Α7 ____ Β7 五、發明說明(7〇 ) 間的2 μηι差異時,在圖1 3示波器尋執捕獲的事件爲四列總 和信號高頻、高振幅差異,報告8 μηι物件大小,和已知8 μιη人體紅血球吻合。 圖1 4呈現由相同光碟上之分離紅血球細胞偵測發出信號 的H F事件另一示波器尋執。雙相導値爲更顯著。圖15_17 爲額外例子。 圖18爲由相同光碟上不同區域擴取之多數事件的數位重 疊,實際説明在一些免疫特定附著於光碟不同紅血球細胞 上大小和形狀量測之再生性。 例子4 最佳信號元素大小之計算 特定分析物信號可以藉由調整球體信號元素相對於尋執 紋遒之大小的大小而加以最佳化,如下文解釋。 圖30解釋fit至光碟362上之紋道的球體信號元素360大小 之計算,如此該信號元素在3點接合至該紋遒:1點在紋道 底部,1點在紋遒各邊緣。在下列方程式中,r爲球體信號 元素半徑,w爲紋道寬度,以及h爲紋道深度。 藉由Pythagorean定理,介於球體半徑和紋道寬度及深度 之間的關係爲: jL· r解答等於 (2) 由於紋道深度較佳爲λ / 8,此處λ爲用以讀取光碟之光的 波長,可以將半徑表示爲: -73- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(21〇 χ 297公釐) ---r-----------------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) (3) (4) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(71 ) 4 —+ w2 簡化此式等於: 1 w2 r 二—+— 16 ,1 應用等式(4),假使讀取光碟之光的波長爲0.65 μιη (亦即 650 nm,該波長爲用於DVD),以及該紋遒寬度爲〇·8 μιη (DVD之磁執節距),則球體信號元素半徑必須近似於1.03 μιη 〇 例子5 最佳化於第一表面偵谢之具有前向影像/正浮雕擺動紋道之 單一資料層光碟的製造 CD-R母片在CINRAM預訂而加以製作,基本上如例子1所 陳述,以作用爲壓模而生產可尋軌、單一資料層、前向影 像/正浮雕擺動紋道之光碟。該母片爲用以沖壓大約5000片 聚碳酸脂光碟,之後以金加以金屬化以及儲存於後續使 用。該光碟鑄造在EXIMPO S.R.O·(布拉格,捷克共和國) 執行。鑄模設定在圖41Α-41Ι中陳述。 在例子1中製作之光碟(以及在例子和例子3使用以產生 呈現在圖8-18之資料),具有深度近似170 nm之紋道,報告 爲由原子力微觀提供之大小總結的“垂直距離”,在圖1 〇中 再生。相反地,此處製造的光碟,設計爲紋道深度近似第 一表面,理論上最佳化爲意圖之入射雷射波長780 nm的 1/8 〇 圖31呈現其中之一光碟内徑之原子力微觀檢視所產生的 ___ -74- 本紙張度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) * --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁)A7 1247894 _____B7______ V. INSTRUCTIONS (68) The disc thus derived is used to verify the appearance of red blood cells in human blood. A sample of 100 μΐ human blood was drawn from normal volunteers. The 10{) μ1 sample can be diluted 1 〇 times with phosphate-buffer base salt ("PBS"). Two additional 10: 1 series dilutions are performed identically. The i 〇 microliter (μ1) component of a sample and the 10 μΐ component of each series of diluted samples are placed separately and separately on the 4-disc test grid. The disc was incubated at room temperature for 2 hours under nitrogen in a closed humid chamber. The disc is then washed with PBS. Figure 12 is an atomic force microscopic image of the atomic force that determines the RBC immune specific attachment to the disc. As indicated by the quantitative analysis, the RBC level was set to be 7.984 μιη, which was consistent with the known diameter of the red blood cells (8 μπ1); this size was significantly different from the 3 μιη diameter of the latex sphere used in Example 2 and observed. The RBC height above the bottom of the track was observed as the disc was cleaned with a 5% solution of triol, which was dried and read in an optical disc as follows. A CD-R device manufactured by CD Associates, Inc. (Lrvine, Calif.) for use in optical disc quality control is used to read the disc. The CD-R wobble tracking system (mode RSL100) of the drive unit is incorporated into the lens 17 to correct the optical pickup to adjust the focus when the first refractive layer is lacking on the optical disc; the height of the rotary shaft is also increased. The H F signal (R F or the sum of the four columns) is amplified by an electronic circuit in the RSL 100, and the buffered HF signal is input to a digital oscilloscope. Figure 13 presents a representative trace showing the time on the X-axis and the four-column sum signal size on the γ-axis. Figure 1 3 shows that the red blood cells are directly visible as _ -71 - this & Zhang scale applies Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specifications (210 X 297 mm) &quot;&quot;&quot; -------- Order ---------Line (please read the note on the back? Please fill out this page again) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperative Printed 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (69) (Read first Note on the back side of this page) CD-R reader η F signal high-frequency, high-amplitude events; for mammalian cell size analytes, there is no latex sphere or other external signal is part of the signal It is necessary to generate a specific analyte signal. It is also apparent from the oscilloscope trace of Figure 13 that the difference in the HF baseline is a double peak. Although red blood cells are known to have a characteristic biconcave shape, we have observed in Example 2 that this double peak is used to report the presentation of the analyte. When this double peak appears as a sphere in the traversal of the track by the laser, it is formed by the &lt; regeneration change in the reflectance. According to another observation of the oscilloscope tracing of Fig. 13, it is easy to see that the reference line which is inverted on the signalling event is stable; that is, the wobble track (which is manufactured as an inverse image wobble track) The tracking itself does not cause significant changes in the guad sum signal. Optical inter-readers such as the CD-R standard maintain a constant linear velocity regardless of the position being read on the disc, correcting the spindle speed to lock the frequency of the wobble track. Based on the known linear speed of the disc and the incremental indication on the oscilloscope trackdown, the divisions on the oscilloscope search can be displayed as equivalent to a linear distance of 13 μηχ on the disc. As measured by the oscilloscope trace shown in Figure 13, the difference in the four-column sum signal reference line is therefore set to 1 〇 μπι, which approximates the non-corrected size of the object in the direction of the tracking track. Printed by the Intellectual Property Office of the Ministry of Economic Affairs, the Consumer Cooperative of the Ministry of Economic Affairs. The actual size of the object is small. Reader calibration and oscilloscopes using 3 μιη latex spheres have given the oscilloscope a peak report of 5 μπι, which is 2 μηη wider than the actual object. This situation is appropriately considered to be a 1·5 μχη laser focus diameter on the first surface on the verification optical disc. Consider the actual size of the measurement and the diameter of the laser on the surface of the disc -72 - This paper scale has been printed with the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 mm) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative System (1) 8h 1247894 Α7 ____ Β7 5, invention description (7〇) When the difference between 2 μηι, the event captured by the oscilloscope in Figure 1 is the high-frequency, high-amplitude difference of the four columns of the sum signal, reporting 8 μηι objects Size, and known 8 μιη human red blood cells. Figure 14 presents another oscilloscope homing to the H F event detected by the isolated red blood cells on the same disc. Biphasic guidance is more pronounced. Figure 15_17 is an additional example. Figure 18 is a digital overlap of most events amplified from different areas on the same disc, actually illustrating the reproducibility of size and shape measurements on different red blood cells that are specifically attached to the disc. Example 4 Calculation of Optimal Signal Element Size A particular analyte signal can be optimized by adjusting the size of the sphere signal element relative to the size of the search pattern, as explained below. Figure 30 illustrates the calculation of the size of the sphere signal element 360 of the fit to the track on the disc 362 such that the signal element is joined to the pattern at 3 points: 1 point at the bottom of the track and 1 point at each edge of the grain. In the following equation, r is the radius of the sphere signal element, w is the groove width, and h is the groove depth. With the Pythagorean theorem, the relationship between the radius of the sphere and the width and depth of the groove is: jL·r is equal to (2) Since the groove depth is preferably λ / 8, where λ is used to read the disc. The wavelength of light can be expressed as: -73- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇χ 297 mm) ---r------------- ----Book---------Line (please read the note on the back and then fill out this page) (3) (4) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (71) 4 —+ w2 Simplify this The formula is equal to: 1 w2 r 2 - + - 16 , 1 Apply equation (4), if the wavelength of the light reading the disc is 0.65 μηη (that is, 650 nm, the wavelength is for DVD), and the width of the ridge For 〇·8 μιη (the magnetic pitch of the DVD), the radius of the spherical signal element must be approximately 1.03 μιη. Example 5 Optimized for the single surface with the forward image/positive embossed wobble track Fabrication of Layered Discs CD-R masters are produced at CINRAM, essentially as described in Example 1, to produce a track-searchable, single data layer, forward image/positive Carved groove wobble of the disc. The master was used to punch approximately 5,000 sheets of polycarbonate discs, which were then metallized with gold and stored for subsequent use. The disc was cast in EXIMPO S.R.O. (Prague, Czech Republic). The mold setting is stated in Figure 41Α-41Ι. The discs produced in Example 1 (and used in Examples and Example 3 to produce the data presented in Figures 8-18) have grooves with a depth of approximately 170 nm, reported as "vertical distance" summed up by the size provided by the atomic force microscopic. , reproduced in Figure 1 〇. Conversely, the disc manufactured here is designed to have a groove depth approximating the first surface and is theoretically optimized to be 1/8 of the intended incident laser wavelength of 780 nm. Figure 31 shows the atomic force microscopic of one of the disc inner diameters. ___ -74- produced by the inspection is applicable to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) * -------- order --------- line (please Read the notes on the back and fill out this page.)

經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 A7 -------BT^ 五、發明說明(72 ) 資料。大小總結報告深度近似1〇〇 nm之紋道。圖3 2呈現其 中之一光碟外徑之原子力微觀檢視所產生的資料;如光碟 製造之典型,該紋道深度稍大於外徑(此處爲1〇1·23 nm), 以容納光碟在光軸方向之外部部分稍爲增加的運行。圖3 3 主現母片内徑之原子力微觀檢視所產生的類似資料,以及 圖3 4呈現母片外徑之原子力微觀檢視所產生的資料。 例子6 雷射-折射聚竣酸脂蓋板之製造 雷射折射聚碳酸脂蓋板,其中之一以上視圖顯示在圖35 以及在圖1 9以倒面區段圖(組合爲單一資料層特定分析物 光碟)更進一步示意,如以下步驟加以製造。 鎳光碟’藝模意圖用於標準C D製造,但是用於有效安裝在 鑄4機器上舄太厚,被置放在標準壓模抛光器中。墨模之 資料表面爲平滑性而拋光,產生具有二拋光面之大约26〇 μηι - 330 μιη厚的壓模。該壓模安裝在標準c〇-R中且設定調 整爲將聚碳酸脂蓋板既定爲近似^瓜^厚,但是另一方面 大小等於標準120 mm光碟。 在例子5中製造之單一資料層光碟爲大約12+/_ 〇〇5mm 厚;蓋板爲大約1.17 mm厚。二者加在—起建立近似24mm 厚的組件,外部最大實體厚度由紅皮書標準(所有層組合起 來爲11 _ 1.5 mm)提供。實驗性地,我們發現該光碟組件之 增加厚度不會呈現光學或是機械問題。呈現在圖40中之資 料爲使用依據例子5所製造之光碟而獲得以及在讀取之前 以依據此例子製造的蓋板加以組合。該蓋板提供足夠的輔 -75- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) ^ -----------------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 五、發明說明(73 ) 助於聚焦以排除另一聚焦透鏡1 7增加至驅動裝置的光學拾 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 音器。 例子7 信號元素之高密度核酸順序驅動附接於可尋執光碟 單一資料層、第一表面、前向影像/正浮雕擺動光碟爲依 據例子5加以製造。該光碟金表面爲如下之步驟加以衍 生。調處爲在無塵莖中以®層流體万式加以執行。 6光碟中之各光碟上爲置放15 pL streptavidin溶液(2 mg/mL)之單一點。該光碟爲培養1小時,之後在蒸餾H20 (dH20)流中清洗。10 μί 2-氫硫基乙胺(137 pg/mL)之可分量 增加至各點以阻斷非特定之接合(該溶液已經在4 °C下儲存 一段足以將溶液氧化的時間)。該光碟爲培養3分鐘,之後 以dH20清洗。該光碟在使周之前不加以乾燥。 核酸探針以胺修正3’或是5’界柱合成以由Keystone實驗室 (加州Foster市)預訂,如下·· 5,》TCGGGTGTACTCAO胺-3,(SEQ ID NO · 1) 5,養TCCAAGAAAGGACC-3,(SEQ ID NO : 2) * 各探針之後如下文經由胺修正界柱獨立地共軛至維生素 Η。 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 維生素H_PEG_NHS之物料溶液(戊-維生素Η,ω _Ν-脛基 丁二醯胺酯之聚(乙烯乙二醇)-碳酸酯)(MW=3400,阿拉巴 馬州Huntsville市Shearwater公司;貨品PT-028-27)藉由溶解 固體在包含疊氮化物爲防腐劑之磷酸鹽緩衝器之鹼鹽 (PBSAz,pH 7.45)至最終濃度爲 23·5 ηιηοΐ/μί (4.7 mg維生素 -76- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 χ 297公釐) A7 1247894 ___B7_ 五、發明說明(74 ) H-PEG-NHS在58·82 μί)。 該3,活性探針(SEQ ID NO : 1)( “ 3 ’探針”)爲溶解在PBSAz 至最終濃度爲1 ηπιοΐ/μί (473 nmol在473 μί)。3 ’探針之20 (20 moi)溶液之後加入至10 μί維生素H-PEG-NHS輪料溶 液而等於最終核酸濃度爲660 pmol/pL。同時,5’ aminated 探針(SEQ ID NO : 2)(“5’探針”)爲溶解在PBSAz至最終濃度 爲 2 nmol/μΙ^ (84 nmol在42 μί ),以及 5 ’ 探針之 ΙΟμΕ (20 mol) 溶液之後加入至10 μΕ維生素H-PEG-NHS而等於最終核酸濃 度爲1 nmol/pL。該溶液爲分別在室溫(RT)培養2小時。 該3 f探針之後經由維生素Η —部份而共軛至單一分散相 超順磁性串珠s (直徑一致爲2·8 μιη)表面。如上文準備的 1 0個連續10 1 : 10稀釋3, biotinylated探針(1 : 10稀釋之 66 pmol)之可分量加入至streptavidin-鍍層Dynabeads® (紐:約 州1^^^811(^€35市〇5^仙1公司;種類號碼爲\&gt;[-280號)111^可 分量(100 pL,10 mg/ml)。在室溫之1 0分鐘培養爲介於第一 和第二探針溶液增加至_珠之間執行,5分鐘培養爲介於 第二和第三之間以及2分鐘培養爲介於其他增加之間執 行0 3 ’探針尋共軛串珠之後以200 PBSAz和200 μί雜化作用 緩衝器加以清洗(923 mM Na2HP04,75 mM NaH2P04,1 mM EDTA,pH 7·34)二次。串珠使用磁性分離(Dynal)而由清洗 溶液量化地回復。串珠在1 mL雜化作用緩衝器中再次懸 浮。假設核酸完整共軛,呈現在此共軛串珠溶液之3,探針 平均濃度爲198 fmol/ML。 -77- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(210 X 297公釐) r --------^---------^ (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 1247894 a7 ___B7_ 五、發明說明(75 ) 5’ biotinylated探針(1 nmol/gL爲20 pL)以雜化作用緩衝器 加以稀釋爲1 mL (最終濃度爲20 pmol/pL) ° 目標核酸由Keystone實驗室综合而預計如下: 5,-GTGAGTACACCGGAATTGCCAGGACGACCGGGTCCTTTCTTGGA-3, (SEQ id NO : 3) 目標溶解在PBSAz爲最終濃度100 μΜ。此後,4個l,〇〇〇-倍(1 pL比1 mL)系列稀釋以雜化作用緩衝器加以執行,形 成目標測試溶液爲濃度100 nM、100 pM、100 fM和100 aM。 6個流體相位之雜化作用反應以平行溶液加以設定。在&amp; 反應中,2 jiiL串珠-共軛之3,探針(396 f莫耳核酸)以及1 μ1&gt; biotinylated 5,探針(20 ρ莫耳)以目標 DNA (SEQ ID Ν〇 : 加 以培養如下: 反應1 1 μί 100 ηΜ 目標= 100 f莫耳目標 反應2 1 μί 100 ρΜ 目標= 100 a莫耳目標 反應3 1 μί ,100 fM 目標= 100 z莫耳目標 反應4 1 μί 100 aM 目標= 100 y莫耳目標 反應5 1 μι雜化作用緩衝器(控制) 反應6 1 μΕ水(控制) 各試管在室溫時在300 RPM之攪拌器上培養2小時。 在雜化作用完成之後,6雜化作用反應中之各反應以10&lt;) pL PBSAz加以清洗二次,而串珠由清洗溶液量化地爵復’ 串珠在10 jliL PBSAz中再次懸浮。對6反應中之各反應而 言,2 μί之串珠懸浮之後應用至分離之一光碟上的麟r &amp; 點,形成目標總量如下: -78 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2〗〇χ 297公釐) K· I ϋ ϋ -I I ϋ ϋ · I n n ϋ I ^1 I ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 I ϋ n I (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 1247894 A7 B7 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 五、發明說明(76 光碟1 20 f莫耳(20 χ 1(Γ15莫耳)目標 光碟2 20 a莫耳(20 X 10-18莫耳)目標 光碟3 20 z莫耳(2〇χ 〗(Γ21莫耳)目標 光碟4 20 y莫耳(2〇χ 10·24莫耳)目標 光碟5 〇 (雜化作用缓衝器控制) 光碟6 〇 (水控制) 率珠在光碟上培養1 〇分鐘,之後以水流清洗。光碟加以 乾燥,之後使用輕顯微鏡加以視覺化。 圖3 6在視覺化時間示意該驗定格點。直接附著於可尋軌 光碟之金表面的是streptavidin之鍍層,藉由章德瓦斯力和 形成於streptavidm蛋白質之自由sulfyhydryl和光碟金表面之 間的硫化-金黏合劑加以結合。該streptavidin捕捉5,探針之 維生素Η—部份。該5,探針依次由14核甘酸之Waison-Cdck 補充在目標3 f端捕獲目標核順序。該目標依次在5,端經由 1 4核甘酸之Watson_Crick補充捕獲3,端,因此繫鏈 Dynabead®至該光碟。 圖3 7呈現由驗定光碟j-3分別採取之光微觀影像,各光碟 放大率爲2 :附著球體和擺動紋道可清楚地以較高放大率 面板之所有3影像看見。增加數目之附著串珠可清楚地以 增加數量之核酸目標看見,而光碟3 (圖37C)顯示球體以20 十兆億分之一莫耳(20 X 1〇·21莫耳;12 X 1〇3莫耳)核酸目標補 充-驅動附著至光碟表面,而光碟2 (圖37B)顯示球體以20 百億億分之一莫耳(20X10-18莫耳;12ΧΪ06莫耳)核酸目標補 充-驅動附著至光碟表面,而光碟1 (圖37A)顯示球體以20 -79- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS)A4規格(2】0 χ 297公釐) r r --------訂---------線 (請先閱讀背面之注咅?事項再填寫本頁)Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printing 1247894 A7 -------BT^ V. Invention description (72) Information. The size summary report is about 1 〇〇 nm in depth. Figure 3 2 shows the data generated by the atomic force microscopic inspection of one of the outer diameters of the optical disc; as is typical of optical disc manufacturing, the groove depth is slightly larger than the outer diameter (here, 1〇1·23 nm) to accommodate the optical disc in the light. The outer portion of the axial direction is slightly increased in operation. Figure 3 3 shows similar data from the atomic force microscopic examination of the inner diameter of the master wafer, and Figure 3 shows the data generated by the atomic force microscopic examination of the outer diameter of the master. Example 6 Laser-Reflective Polyurethane Cover Plate Manufactured Laser Refractive Polycarbonate Cover Plate, one of which is shown in Figure 35 and in Figure 19 in a reversed section view (combined into a single data layer specific The Analyte CD is further illustrated and manufactured as follows. Nickel discs are intended for standard CD manufacturing, but are used for effective mounting on cast 4 machines and are placed in standard stamper polishers. The data surface of the ink mold is smoothed and polished to produce a stamper having a thickness of about 26 〇 μηι - 330 μηη with two polished faces. The stamper is mounted in the standard c〇-R and is set to adjust the polycarbonate cover to be approximately the same thickness, but on the other hand the size is equal to the standard 120 mm disc. The single data layer disc manufactured in Example 5 was approximately 12+/_ 〇〇 5 mm thick; the cover was approximately 1.17 mm thick. The two are added to create a component that is approximately 24 mm thick, and the maximum external solid thickness is provided by the Red Book standard (11 _ 1.5 mm for all layer combinations). Experimentally, we have found that the increased thickness of the disc assembly does not present optical or mechanical problems. The material presented in Fig. 40 was obtained using the optical disc manufactured according to Example 5 and combined with a cover plate manufactured according to this example before reading. The cover provides sufficient auxiliary -75- paper size for the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm) ^ -----------------^ (Please Read the back note first and then fill out this page) 1247894 A7 B7 V. Invention Description (73) Help focus to exclude another focusing lens 1 7 Add to the optical pickup of the drive unit (please read the back note first and then fill in the book) Page) Sounder. Example 7 High Density Nucleic Acid Sequence Drive of Signal Elements Attached to a Definable Disc A single data layer, a first surface, a forward image/positive embossed oscillating disc was fabricated in accordance with Example 5. The disc gold surface is derived as follows. The transfer is performed in a layer of fluid in the dust-free stem. A single point of 15 pL of streptavidin solution (2 mg/mL) was placed on each of the 6 discs. The disc was incubated for 1 hour and then rinsed in a stream of distilled H20 (dH20). A 10 μί 2-hydrothioethylamine (137 pg/mL) component can be added to each point to block non-specific bonding (the solution has been stored at 4 ° C for a period of time sufficient to oxidize the solution). The disc was incubated for 3 minutes and then washed with dH20. The disc is not dried before the week. The nucleic acid probe was modified with an amine 3' or 5' bound column to be ordered by Keystone Laboratories (Foster, Calif.) as follows, 5, TCGGGTGTACTCAO Amine-3, (SEQ ID NO · 1) 5, TCCAAGAAAGGACC- 3, (SEQ ID NO: 2) * Each probe was then independently conjugated to vitamin Η via an amine-corrected binding column as follows. Ministry of Economic Affairs, Intellectual Property Bureau, Staff and Consumers Cooperative, printed material solution of vitamin H_PEG_NHS (penta-vitamin, ω_Ν-mercapto dimethyl carbamide poly(ethylene glycol)-carbonate) (MW=3400, Alaba Shearwater, Inc., Huntsville, MA; PT-028-27) by dissolving solids in a phosphate buffer containing azide as a preservative (PBSAz, pH 7.45) to a final concentration of 23·5 ηιηοΐ/μί (4.7 mg vitamin-76- This paper scale applies to Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 297 297 mm) A7 1247894 ___B7_ V. Description of invention (74) H-PEG-NHS at 58·82 μί). The 3, active probe (SEQ ID NO: 1) ("3' probe") was dissolved in PBSAz to a final concentration of 1 ηπιοΐ/μί (473 nmol at 473 μί). The 3' probe 20 (20 moi) solution was then added to a 10 μί vitamin H-PEG-NHS round solution equal to a final nucleic acid concentration of 660 pmol/pL. At the same time, the 5' aminated probe (SEQ ID NO: 2) ("5' probe") was dissolved in PBSAz to a final concentration of 2 nmol/μΙ^ (84 nmol at 42 μί), and 5' probe ΙΟμΕ (20 mol) The solution was then added to 10 μL of vitamin H-PEG-NHS equal to a final nucleic acid concentration of 1 nmol/pL. The solution was incubated at room temperature (RT) for 2 hours. The 3 f probe is then partially conjugated to the surface of a single dispersed phase superparamagnetic bead s (with a diameter of 2·8 μιη) via a vitamin Η moiety. 10 consecutive 10 1 : 10 dilutions prepared as above, 3, biotinylated probe (1 : 10 dilution of 66 pmol) can be added to the streptavidin-coated Dynabeads® (New: Johor 1^^^811 (^€ 35 City 〇5^仙1 company; the species number is \&gt;[-280#) 111^ component (100 pL, 10 mg/ml). The culture is at room temperature for 10 minutes and is between the first and second The probe solution was added to _beads performed between 5 minutes and between 2 and 3 minutes and 2 minutes between the other increments performed between 0 3 'probe conjugated beads followed by 200 PBSAz and The 200 μί hybrid buffer was washed twice (923 mM Na2HP04, 75 mM NaH2P04, 1 mM EDTA, pH 7.34). The beads were magnetically separated (Dynal) and quantified by the cleaning solution. Beads were mixed at 1 mL. Resuspend in the buffer. The nucleic acid is fully conjugated and presented in the conjugated bead solution. The average probe concentration is 198 fmol/ML. -77- This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification ( 210 X 297 mm) r --------^---------^ (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page) Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed Economy Ministry Intellectual Property Bureau Staff Consumer Cooperatives Printed 1244894 a7 ___B7_ V. Inventive Note (75) 5' biotinylated probe (1 nmol/gL is 20 pL) diluted with a hybrid buffer 1 mL (final concentration 20 pmol/pL) ° The target nucleic acid is synthesized by Keystone Laboratories and is expected to be as follows: 5,-GTGAGTACACCGGAATTGCCAGGACGACCGGGTCCTTTCTTGGA-3, (SEQ id NO : 3) The target is dissolved in PBSAz to a final concentration of 100 μΜ. Thereafter, 4 A series of l, 〇〇〇-fold (1 pL to 1 mL) dilutions were performed with a hybrid buffer to form target test solutions at concentrations of 100 nM, 100 pM, 100 fM, and 100 aM. The reaction is set in a parallel solution. In the &amp; reaction, 2 jiiL bead-conjugated 3, probe (396 f-mole nucleic acid) and 1 μl&gt; biotinylated 5, probe (20 ρ mol) to target DNA (SEQ ID Ν〇: cultured as follows: reaction 1 1 μί 100 ηΜ target = 100 f molar target reaction 2 1 μί 100 ρΜ target = 100 a molar target reaction 3 1 μί , 100 fM target = 100 z mole aims Reaction 4 1 μί 100 aM Target = 100 y Mohr Target Reaction 5 1 μιη Hybrid Buffer (Control) Reaction 6 1 μΕ Water (Control) Each tube was incubated for 2 hours at room temperature on a 300 RPM stirrer. After the completion of the hybridization, each of the reactions in the 6 hybridization reaction was washed twice with 10 &lt;) pL PBSAz, and the beads were resuspended in 10 jliL PBSAz by quantification of the cleaning solution. For each of the reactions in the 6 reaction, 2 μί of the bead suspension is applied to the lining r &amp; point on one of the discs to form the target total amount as follows: -78 This paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification. (2〗 297 297 mm) K· I ϋ ϋ -II ϋ ϋ · I nn ϋ I ^1 I ^1 ^1 ^1 ^1 I ϋ n I (Please read the notes on the back and fill out this page 1247894 A7 B7 Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Bureau employee consumption cooperative printed five, invention description (76 CD 1 20 f Moer (20 χ 1 (Γ 15 Moer) target disc 2 20 a Mo (20 X 10-18 Mo ) Target Disc 3 20 z Moer (2〇χ 〗 (Γ 21 Moer) Target Disc 4 20 y Moer (2〇χ 10·24 Molar) Target Disc 5 〇 (Hybrid Buffer Control) Disc 6 〇 (water control) rate beads are incubated on the disc for 1 , minutes, then washed with water. The disc is dried and then visualized using a light microscope. Figure 3 6 shows the grid at visual time. The gold surface of the track disc is the coating of streptavidin, which is formed by striavid gas and streptavidm protein. The vulcanized-gold binder between the free sulfyhydryl and the disc gold surface is combined. The streptavidin captures 5, the vitamin Η part of the probe. The 5, probe is in turn supplemented by 14-nucleonic acid Waison-Cdck at the target 3 f The end captures the target nuclear order. The target is sequentially captured at the 5th end by the Watson_Crick of the 14-nucleotide to capture the 3, end, thus tethering Dynabead® to the disc. Figure 3 7 shows the light taken by the verification disc j-3 respectively Microscopic image, each disc has a magnification of 2: the attached sphere and the wobbled track can be clearly seen in all 3 images of the higher magnification panel. The increased number of attached beads can be clearly seen with an increased number of nucleic acid targets, while Disc 3 (Fig. 37C) shows that the sphere is supplemented with 20 gigaflops (20 X 1 〇 21 mol; 12 X 1 〇 3 mol) nucleic acid target-drive attached to the disc surface, while disc 2 (Fig. 37B) ) shows that the sphere is supplemented with a 20-billionth molar (20X10-18 mol; 12ΧΪ06 mol) nucleic acid target-drive attached to the disc surface, while disc 1 (Fig. 37A) shows the sphere with 20 -79- paper The scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 Grid (2] 0 χ 297 mm) r r -------- --------- order line (please read the back of the note Pou? Matters then fill out this page)

12478941247894

五、發明說明(77 ) 千萬億分之一莫耳ΡΟχ^5莫耳;〗2χ〗〇9莫耳)核酸目標補 充·驅動附著至光碟表面。沒有串珠在其中之—控制光碟 (沒有顚示)表面上觀察到。 此處所提到之所有專利、專利公告和其他發表之文獻假 使各文獻已經單獨地和特定地以提及的方式併入本文,則 在此以提及的方式全部併入本文中。而説明之本發明較佳 解釋性具體實施例對熟知相關技藝之人士而言將明顯的是 各種不同變化和修正可以由此以不脱離本發明範疇之下加 以製作,以及意圖在申請專利範圍中涵蓋所有落入本發明 精神和範缚之内的此種變化和修正。 (請先閱讀背面之注意事項再填寫本頁) 經濟部智慧財產局員工消費合作社印製 適 度 尺 張 紙 本 21 /V 格 規 4 )A S) N (C 準 標 家 國 一國 80 * 公 97 2V. INSTRUCTIONS (77) One-billionth of a mole of 莫^^Moule; 〖2χ〗 〇9 Moer) The nucleic acid target is supplemented and driven to the surface of the disc. There is no beading in it - the control disc (not shown) is observed on the surface. All of the patents, patent publications, and other published documents referred to herein are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety in their entireties as if they are incorporated herein by reference. The preferred embodiments of the present invention are to be understood by those of ordinary skill in the art, and it is obvious that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the invention, and All such variations and modifications are intended to be included within the spirit and scope of the invention. (Please read the notes on the back and then fill out this page.) Ministry of Economic Affairs Intellectual Property Office Staff Cooperatives Printed Moderate Ruler Paper 21 /V Grid 4) AS) N (C 准标家国一国80 * 公97 2

Claims (1)

1247894 索0881 i8794號專利申請案 中文申請專利範圍替換本(94年夏月) 六、申請專利範圍 !•-種適用於與具有一般形成在光碟第一表面上之螺旋形 或是同心形資訊磁軌之_光碟组合操作之光碟播放機, 該磁軌形成為具有至少-操作結構以料提供適合於至 匕、聚焦誤差訊號產生以及尋軌誤差訊號產生之實體指 祆’孩光碟具有與形成該資訊磁軌之該㈣結構共焦定 位之未辨別之分析物結構,該播放機包括: 光學裝置,供產生適合於照射在該資訊磁軌上之雷射 光束; 光碟支撐裝置,供支撑該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉關 係; 口如該光碟與该雷射光束為旋轉嚙合時供聚焦該雷 射光束在該資訊磁軌上以及供維持該聚焦在該資訊磁軌 上之聚焦伺服裝置之裝置; 包含用於以預先決定方式控制該光碟旋轉速度之速度 伺服控制裝置之裝置; 包含如雷射光束照射在旋轉資訊磁軌上時用於控制該 雷射光束定位之尋軌伺服裝置之裝置; 用於形成可使用於連接至外部利用裝置之影像訊號之 輸出連接器裝置; 該光學裝置尚包含具有至少二操作模式之偵測器裝 置; 该第一操作模式使用於產生適合於應用至該尋軌伺服 I置及該聚焦尋軌伺服裝置之訊號; 忒第一操作模式尚使用於產生適合於應用至用於解碼 61009-9401I2.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210 X 297公釐). 1247894 A8 B8 C8 _______ D8_ 六、申請專利範園 儲存在該資訊磁軌之資訊之訊號解碼裝置之訊號; 該第二操作模式使用於暫態岔斷適合於應用至該尋軌 飼服及該聚焦尋軌伺服之訊號;以及 讀弟二操作模式尚使用於連接至少一四列總和讀取訊 號至該輸出端以供偵測定位在該光碟上之分析物結構以 及將分析物結構加以特徵化。 2·如申請專利範圍第1項之光碟播放機,其中該尋軌裝置 包含徑向尋軌裝置及切線尋軌裝置。 3·如申請專利範圍第1項之光碟播放機,其中如該偵測之 訊號應用至該利用裝置時,該速度控制訊號應用至該利 用裝置以供具有空間地識別該雷射光束照射點。 4·如申請專利範圍第1項之光碟播放機,其中該利用裝置 儲存該分析物結構之重複掃描以供儲存用於識別該分析 物結構之資訊。 5·如申請專利範圍第1項之光碟播放機,尚包含回應該尋 軌误差訊號以供偵測以及特徵化藉由該光碟運載之分析 物結構。 6·如申請專利範圍第丨項之光碟播放機,尚包含回應該聚 焦誤差訊號以供偵測以及特徵化藉由該光碟運載之分析 物結構。 7·如申請專利範圍第j項之光碟播放機,其中該光學裝置 以及該聚焦伺服裝置使用於聚焦該雷射光束在由分析物 結構以及操作共享之平面上以允許操作以及分析物資料 之並行及可判別擷取,以及該操作結構為形成在光碟雷 -2 - 61009.940112 D0C 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(21〇X 297公楚) ----— - I247894 A8 B8 C8 ____ D8 六、申請專利範圍 射接近側表面之磁軌或是擺動紋道之一。 8·如申請專利範圍第7項之光碟播放機,其中該操作結構 為前向或是反向擺動紋道之一。 9·如申請專利範圍第7項之光碟播放機,其中該操作結構 為前向或是反向標準光碟(CD)資訊磁軌之一。 1〇· —種用於與輸出利用裝置與光碟組合操作之光碟播放 機,該光碟形成為具有一般形成在該光碟第一表面上之 螺旋形或是同心形其中之一之資訊磁軌,該資訊磁軌形 成為具有至少一些操作結構以用於提供適合於至少聚焦 誤差訊號產生以及徑向尋軌誤差訊號產生之實體指標, 該光碟具有與形成該資訊磁軌之該操作結構共焦定位之 未辨別之分析物結構,該播放機包括: 用於產生適合於照射在該資訊磁軌上之雷射光束之光 學裝置,該光學裝置包含偵測器裝置用於產生至少一聚 焦誤差訊號(FE)、徑向尋軌誤差訊號(TE)以及高頻率 讀取訊號(R F、H F、四列總和); 光碟支撐裝置,供支撐該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉關 係; 包含聚焦伺服裝置以及如該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉 嘴合時供聚焦該雷射光束在該資訊磁軌上以及供維持該 聚焦在該資訊磁軌上之該偵測器裝置產生之該聚焦誤差 訊號之裝置; 包含用於以預先決定方式控制該光碟速度之速度伺服 控制裝置之裝置; 6J009-940112.DOC „ 3 - 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐). 1247894 A8 B8 C8 D8 -4- 六、申請專利範圍 包含徑向尋軌伺服裝置以及如雷射光束照射在旋轉資 訊磁軌上時由該偵測器裝置產生之用於控制該雷射光束 徑向定位之該徑向尋軌誤差訊號之裝置;以及 輸出端裝置,用於形成至少該RF訊號可使用為影像 訊號以供連接至該外部利用裝置,該偵測器裝置具有至 少二操作模式,第一操作模式使用於產生適合於應用至 該徑向尋軌伺服裝置及該聚焦尋軌伺服裝置之訊號,該 第一操作模式亦利用於產生適合於應用至用於解碼儲存 在該資訊磁軌之資訊之訊號解碼裝置之訊號,以及第二 操作模式使用於暫態岔斷適合於應用至該徑向尋軌伺服 及該聚焦尋軌伺服之訊號以及用於連接至少該讀取訊號 至該輸出端。 11·如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之光碟播放機,其中該第一操作 模式尚使用於產生適合於應用至用於解碼儲存在該資訊 磁軌之資訊之訊號解碼裝置之訊號。 泛如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於由該 四列總和(H F,R F )訊號分離尋軌訊號以供允許該四列 總和訊號用以由分析物態樣偵測訊號之裝置。 以如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之光碟播放機,其中該光學裝置 以及聚焦該雷射光束在該資訊磁軌上之該裝置,聚焦該 雷射光束在由該操作以及該分析物結構共享之平面上以 供允許操作資料以及分析物資料之並行以及可判別掏 取。 14·如申請專利範圍第1 〇項之光碟播放機,其中該操作態樣 61009-9401J2.doc 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公釐).1247894 Patent No. 0881 i8794 Patent Application Replacement of Chinese Patent Application (Summer of 94) VI. Patent Application Range: • Suitable for and with spiral or concentric information magnetically formed on the first surface of the optical disc The optical disc player of the optical disc combination operation, the magnetic track is formed to have at least an operation structure to provide a physical index suitable for the generation of the focus error signal and the tracking error signal generation. The (four) structure of the information track is an unidentified analyte structure of the confocal positioning, the player comprising: an optical device for generating a laser beam suitable for illuminating the information track; and a disc support device for supporting the optical disc Rotating with the laser beam; the port is for focusing the laser beam on the information track when the disk is in rotational engagement with the laser beam and for maintaining the focus servo on the information track a device comprising: a speed servo control device for controlling the rotational speed of the optical disk in a predetermined manner; including, for example, laser beam illumination a device for controlling a tracking servo for positioning the laser beam when rotating the information track; an output connector device for forming an image signal that can be used for connection to an external device; the optical device further comprising at least two a mode of operation of the detector device; the first mode of operation is for generating a signal suitable for application to the tracking servo I and the focus tracking servo; the first mode of operation is still used to generate an application suitable for use For the decoding of 61090-9401I2.DOC, the paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210 X 297 mm). 1247894 A8 B8 C8 _______ D8_ VI. Application for Patent Park to store the information on the information track. The signal of the device; the second mode of operation is used for transiently chopping the signal suitable for the tracking device and the focus tracking servo; and the second mode of operation is still used for connecting at least one of the four columns to read Signals are sent to the output for detecting the analyte structure positioned on the disc and characterizing the analyte structure. 2. The optical disc player of claim 1, wherein the tracking device comprises a radial tracking device and a tangent tracking device. 3. The optical disc player of claim 1, wherein the speed control signal is applied to the utilization device for spatially identifying the laser beam illumination point if the detected signal is applied to the utilization device. 4. The optical disc player of claim 1, wherein the utilizing device stores a repetitive scan of the analyte structure for storing information identifying the analyte structure. 5. The optical disc player of claim 1 of the patent application further includes a tracking error signal for detection and characterization of the analyte structure carried by the optical disc. 6. An optical disc player as claimed in the scope of the patent application, further comprising a focus error signal for detection and characterization of the analyte structure carried by the optical disc. 7. The optical disc player of claim j, wherein the optical device and the focus servo are used to focus the laser beam on a plane shared by the analyte structure and operation to allow operation and parallel analysis of analyte data. And the discriminable extraction, and the operation structure is formed on the disc Ray-2 - 61009.940112 D0C This paper scale applies the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (21〇X 297 public Chu) ----- - I247894 A8 B8 C8 ____ D8 VI. Apply for a patent to shoot one of the tracks near the side surface or one of the wobbled tracks. 8. The optical disc player of claim 7, wherein the operation structure is one of a forward or reverse swing track. 9. The optical disc player of claim 7, wherein the operational structure is one of a forward or reverse standard optical disc (CD) information track. An optical disc player for operating in combination with an output utilizing device and a compact disc, the optical disc being formed as an information track having one of a spiral shape or a concentric shape generally formed on a first surface of the optical disc, The information track is formed to have at least some operational structure for providing a physical index suitable for at least focus error signal generation and radial tracking error signal generation, the optical disk having a confocal location with the operational structure forming the information track An unidentified analyte structure, the player comprising: optical means for generating a laser beam suitable for illumination on the information track, the optical device comprising detector means for generating at least one focus error signal (FE ), a radial tracking error signal (TE) and a high frequency read signal (RF, HF, four column sum); a disk support device for supporting the optical disk in rotation relationship with the laser beam; including a focus servo device and The optical disc is used to focus the laser beam on the information track and to maintain the focus on the information magnetic field when the laser beam is a rotating nozzle a device for generating the focus error signal by the detector device; a device comprising a speed servo control device for controlling the speed of the optical disk in a predetermined manner; 6J009-940112.DOC „ 3 - The paper scale is applicable to the Chinese national standard (CNS) Α4 size (210X297 mm). 1247894 A8 B8 C8 D8 -4- 6. The patent application scope includes a radial tracking servo device and the detector device when the laser beam is irradiated on the rotating information track. Generating means for controlling the radial tracking error signal for radial positioning of the laser beam; and output means for forming at least the RF signal for use as an image signal for connection to the external utilization device, The detector device has at least two modes of operation, the first mode of operation being used to generate a signal suitable for application to the radial tracking servo and the focus tracking servo, the first mode of operation also being utilized to generate an application suitable for the application The signal to the signal decoding device for decoding the information stored on the information track, and the second mode of operation for the transient chopping is suitable for a signal for the radial tracking servo and the focus tracking servo and for connecting at least the read signal to the output end. 11. The optical disc player of claim 1, wherein the first operation The mode is still used to generate a signal suitable for application to a signal decoding device for decoding information stored on the information track. The optical disc player of the first application of the patent scope is also included for the sum of the four columns. (HF, RF) signal separating the tracking signal for allowing the four-column sum signal to be used for detecting the signal by the analyte. The optical disc player of the first aspect of the patent application, wherein the optical device The apparatus for focusing the laser beam on the information track focuses the laser beam on a plane shared by the operation and the analyte structure for allowing parallel operation of the operational data and analyte data and for discriminating the capture. 14. If you are applying for the CD player of the scope of patent application, the operation mode is 61009-9401J2.doc. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 mm). 裝 訂Binding 1247894 、申請專利範園 為形成資訊磁軌在該光碟表面其中之一上之實體結構。 15·如申凊專利範圍第i 2項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於當雷 射光束橫跨該分析物結構時將該總和偵測器產生之該輸 出訊號加以特徵化之裝置,所以用於特徵化之裝置偵測 以及顯不H F訊號之振幅變化,以及量測反射之讀取光 束橫跨該分析物訊號時之持續期間以用於提供該分析物 感樣大小以及建構之實質定性量測。 16· —種適用於與輸出利用裝置以及具有形成在該光碟第一 表面上之螺旋形或是同心形其中之一資訊磁軌之一光碟 組合操作之光碟播放機,該磁軌形成為具有至少一操作 結構以用於提供適合於至少聚焦誤差訊號產生以及徑向 尋軌誤差訊號產生之實體指標,該光碟具有與形成該資 訊磁軌之該操作結構共焦定位之未辨別之分析物結構, 該播放機包括: 光學裝置,供產生用於適合於照射在該資訊磁軌以及 該分析物結構上之雷射光束; 光碟支撐裝置,供支撐該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉關 係; 包含如該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉嚙合時供聚焦該雷 射光束在該資訊磁軌上以及供維持該聚焦在該資訊磁軌 上之聚焦伺服裝置之聚焦裝置; 包含用於以預先決足方式控制該光碟速度之速度伺服 控制裝置之速度控制裝置; 包含如雷射光束照射在旋轉之資訊磁軌上時用於控 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210 X 297公釐).1247894, the patent application garden is to form the physical structure of the information track on one of the surface of the optical disc. 15. The optical disc player of claim i of the patent scope, further comprising means for characterizing the output signal generated by the sum detector when the laser beam traverses the analyte structure, so The characterization device detects and displays the amplitude variation of the HF signal, and the duration during which the reflected beam is reflected across the analyte signal for providing a substantial qualitative amount of the analyte sensation size and construction. Measurement. 16. A disc player adapted to operate in combination with an output utilization device and a disc having one of a spiral or concentric shaped information track formed on a first surface of the optical disc, the magnetic track being formed to have at least An operational structure for providing an entity index suitable for at least focus error signal generation and radial tracking error signal generation, the optical disk having an unidentified analyte structure that is confocal positioned with the operational structure forming the information track, The player includes: an optical device for generating a laser beam suitable for illuminating the information track and the analyte structure; a disc support device for supporting the optical disc in a rotational relationship with the laser beam; a focusing device for focusing the laser beam on the information track and for maintaining the focusing servo on the information track when the optical disk is in rotational engagement; and including for use in a pre-determined manner a speed control device for controlling a speed servo control device of the optical disc speed; comprising information magnetic such as a laser beam irradiated on the rotation When used to control the scale 61009-940112.DOC this paper applies China National Standard (CNS) Α4 Specifications (210 X 297 mm). 裝 訂Binding 1247894 A8 B8 C8 -----:__ D8 六、申請專利範圍 制該雷射光束徑向定位之徑向尋軌伺服裝置之尋軌裝 置; 用於形成可使用於連接至外部利用裝置之影像訊號之 輸出連接器裝置; 該光學裝置尚包含具有至少二操作模式之總和偵測器 裝置’該第一操作模式使用於產生適合於應用至該徑向 尋軌祠服裝置以及該聚焦尋軌伺服裝置之訊號,以及該 第二操作模式使用於暫態岔斷適合於應用至該徑向尋軌 词服及該聚焦尋軌伺服之訊號以及用於連接至少該讀取 訊號至該輸出連接器裝置; 用於當該雷射光束橫跨該分析物態樣時將該總和偵測 器產生之輸出訊號特徵化之裝置,該特徵化裝置用於當 雷射光束橫跨該分析物訊號時偵測以及顯示H F訊號之 振幅變化,以及量測反射之讀取光束橫跨該分析物訊號 時之持續期間以用於提供該分析物態樣大小以及建構之 實質定性量測。 用於由該第一操作模式產生之該操作訊號分離第二操 作模式產生之該分析物訊號之裝置,該分離裝置回應操 作訊號以及使用於將該偵測器裝置由該第一操作模式切 換至該第二操作模式。 Π·如申請專利範圍第1 6項之光碟播放機,其中該分離裳置 尚包含回應藉由該光碟載有之指標之分離偵測、辨識以 及發信號裝置之裝置以及操作於供切換該偵測器裝置於 至少二操作模式其中之一。 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公爱) 1247894 A8 B8 申请專利範圍 ^申π專利範圍第1 7項之光碟播放機,其中該指標在該 光碟形成期間預先壓印在該光碟上或是在該光碟中。 19·如中請專利範圍第1 7項之光碟播放機,其中該指標包含 形成在位於擺動紋道之間之陸面區域之預先壓印凹槽。 2〇·如申請專利範圍第1 7項之光碟播放機,其中該指榡包含 形成在藉由該照射讀取光束讀取之光碟區域之預先壓印 位址指標。 21·如申請專利範圍第2〇項之光碟播放機,其中該預先壓印 位址指標包含次微米態樣之可空間定址圖樣。 22·如申請專利範圍第17項之光碟播放機,其中該指標包含 雙相標記以及藉由該光碟載有之訊洞組合。 23· 種適用於與輸出利用裝置以及光碟組合操作之光碟播 放機該光碟形成具有在光碟第一表面上之螺旋形或是 Π Φ其中之負訊磁軌,該磁軌形成為具有至少一操 作結構以用於提供適合於至少聚焦誤差訊號產生以及徑 向尋軌誤差訊號產生之#體指#,該光碟具有與形成該 資訊磁軌之該操作結構共焦定位之未辨別之分析物結 構,該播放機包括: 、光子裝置供產生用於適合於照射在該資訊磁軌以及 該分析物結構上之雷射光束; 光碟支‘裝置,供支撑該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉關 係; 〇 口如居光碟與遠雷射光束為旋轉嘴合時供聚焦該雷 射光束在該資訊磁軌上以及供維持該聚焦在該資訊磁軌1247894 A8 B8 C8 -----:__ D8 6. Patent application for the tracking device of the radial tracking servo for radial positioning of the laser beam; for forming an image that can be used for connection to an external device An output connector device of the signal; the optical device further comprising a sum detector device having at least two modes of operation, the first mode of operation for generating a suitable approximation to the radial tracking device and the focus tracking servo a signal of the device, and the second mode of operation is used for transiently chopping a signal suitable for the radial tracking service and the focus tracking servo and for connecting at least the read signal to the output connector device Means for characterizing an output signal generated by the sum detector when the laser beam traverses the analyte, the characterization device for detecting when the laser beam traverses the analyte signal And displaying the amplitude change of the HF signal and measuring the duration of the reflected reading beam across the analyte signal for providing the analyte size and the essence of the construction Qualitative measurement. Means for separating the analyte signal generated by the second mode of operation by the operation signal generated by the first mode of operation, the separating device responding to the operation signal and for switching the detector device from the first mode of operation to This second mode of operation. Π····························································································· The detector device is in one of at least two modes of operation. 61009-940112.DOC This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 public) 1247894 A8 B8 Patent application scope 申 π patent scope item 17 of the CD player, wherein the indicator during the formation of the disc Pre-embossed on the disc or on the disc. 19. The optical disc player of claim 17, wherein the indicator comprises a pre-embossed groove formed in a land area between the wobble tracks. 2. A disc player as claimed in claim 17, wherein the fingerprint comprises a pre-embossed address index formed in a disc region read by the illumination reading beam. 21. The optical disc player of claim 2, wherein the pre-imprinted address index comprises a spatially addressable pattern of a sub-micron aspect. 22. The optical disc player of claim 17, wherein the indicator comprises a bi-phase mark and a combination of holes carried by the optical disc. 23. A disc player adapted to operate in combination with an output utilization device and a compact disc. The optical disc forms a negative magnetic track having a spiral shape or a Φ on a first surface of the optical disc, the magnetic track being formed to have at least one operation Structure for providing at least a focus error signal generation and a radial tracking error signal generation, the optical disk having an unidentified analyte structure that is confocal positioned with the operational structure forming the information track, The player comprises: a photonic device for generating a laser beam suitable for illuminating the information track and the analyte structure; a disc support device for supporting the optical disc in a rotational relationship with the laser beam; a port such as a compact disc and a far-field laser beam for focusing the rotating beam on the information track and for maintaining the focus on the information track 本紙張尺纽财® ®家標準(CNS) Α4規格(2iGx297公复1This paper ruler New Zealand® Home Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (2iGx297 public 1 12478941247894 上之聚焦伺服裝置之聚焦裝置; 包含用於以預先決定方式控制該光碟旋轉速度之速度 伺服控制裝置之速度控制裝置; $匕έ如田射光束照射旋轉之資訊磁軌上時用於控制該 田射光束徑向定位之徑向尋軌伺服裝置之尋軌裝置; 用於形成可使用於連接至外部利用裝置之影像訊號之 輸出連接器裝置; 士與孩光學裝置結合之總和偵測器裝置,該總和偵測器 裝置具有至少二操作模式,包含第一操作模式使用於產 生適合於應用至該徑向尋軌伺服裝置及該聚焦尋軌伺服 裝置之訊號,以及第二操作模式使用於暫態岔斷適合用 於應用至該徑向尋軌伺服及該聚焦尋軌伺服以及用於連 接至少孩讀取訊號至該輸出連接器裝置之訊號; π用於如該雷射光束橫跨該分析物態樣時將該總和偵測 器產生之該鈿出訊號特徵化之裝置,該特徵化裝置使用 於如雷射光束橫跨該分析物訊號時偵測以及顯示HF訊 號又振幅變化,以及量測反射之讀取光束橫跨該分析物 訊號時之持續期間以因此提供該分析物態樣大小以及建 構之實質定性量測; 用於由該第一操作模式產生之該操作訊號分離該第二 操作模式產生之該分析物訊號之裝置,該分離裝置回應 操作訊號以及使用於將該偵測器裝置由該第一操作模式 切換至該第二操作模式;以及 》 該分離裝置包含用於分析物態樣產生之訊號並行與可 61009-9401I2.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐 -----------a focusing device for focusing the servo device; a speed control device including a speed servo control device for controlling the rotational speed of the optical disk in a predetermined manner; for example, when the field beam is irradiated on the rotating information track, Tracking device for radial tracking servo device for radial positioning of field beam; output connector device for forming image signal for connection to external utilization device; sum detector device for combining element and child optical device The sum detector device has at least two modes of operation, including a first mode of operation for generating signals suitable for application to the radial tracking servo and the focus tracking servo, and a second mode of operation for temporarily State interrupts are suitable for application to the radial tracking servo and the focus tracking servo and signals for connecting at least a child read signal to the output connector device; π is used to cross the analysis as the laser beam a device for characterizing the output signal generated by the sum detector when the object is used, such as a laser beam spanning the sub Detecting and displaying the amplitude change of the HF signal during the analysis signal, and measuring the duration of the reflected beam across the analyte signal to thereby provide a substantially qualitative measurement of the size and construction of the analyte; Separating the analyte signal generated by the second mode of operation by the operation signal generated by the first mode of operation, the separating device responding to the operation signal and for switching the detector device from the first mode of operation to The second mode of operation; and the separation device comprises a signal for analyzing the object state to be generated in parallel with the 61090-9401I2.DOC paper size applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm----- ------ 1247894 A8 B8 C8 i____—___D8 六、申請專利範圍 判別擴取以及用於藉由配置在該光碟上可讀取分析物態 樣產生之訊號之尋軌訊號分離以及用於在該光碟可尋軌 讀取期間產生H F訊號之最小變化之裝置。 24·如申請專利範圍第23項之光碟播放機,其中該偵測器裝 置包含用於產生聚焦誤差(FE)訊號、徑向尋軌誤差訊 號(T E )以及高頻率讀取訊號(R F )之裝置。 25·如申請專利範圍第24項之光碟播放機,尚包含如雷射光 束照射在該資訊磁軌上以及如該磁軌與該實質靜態讀取 光束相關聯移動時用於控制該雷射光束切線定位之裝 置。 26. 如申請專利範圍第2 4項之光碟播放機,尚包含該光學裝 置之聚焦透鏡以用於如該雷射光束照射在具有表面載有 該操作及分析物態樣定位為該光碟之接近側定位表面之 倒置光碟上時共焦聚焦該讀取光束在操作以及分析物態 27. 如申請專利範圍第2 4項之光碟播放機,其中該尋軌伺服 訊號藉由該尋軌伺服訊號回復裝置由定位在該光碟上之 該操作態樣回復為C D設計之標準。 28. 如申請專利範圍第2 4項之光碟播放機,其中該分析物態 樣使用於產生該四列總和(HF, RF)訊號之高振幅、高 頻率事件以因此提供該分析物態樣相關之維度資訊。 29·如申印專利範圍第2 4項之光碟播放機,其中用於特徵化 &lt;裝置尚包含用於由識別分析物態樣之產生之訊號區別 識別操作態樣之產生之訊號之裝置。 61009-940112.DOC 12478941247894 A8 B8 C8 i________D8 VI. Application for patent range discrimination and separation of tracking signals for signals generated by configurable analytes on the optical disc and for track-reading on the disc A device that produces the smallest change in HF signal during the acquisition period. 24. The optical disc player of claim 23, wherein the detector device comprises a focus error (FE) signal, a radial tracking error signal (TE), and a high frequency read signal (RF). Device. 25. The optical disc player of claim 24, wherein the laser beam is irradiated onto the information track and the laser beam is used to control the laser beam if the track is associated with the substantially static read beam. A device for tangential positioning. 26. A disc player as claimed in claim 24, further comprising a focusing lens of the optical device for use in the proximity of the optical disc if the laser beam is irradiated on the surface having the operation and the analyte is positioned Confocal focusing of the read beam during operation and analysis of the object state on the inverted disc of the side positioning surface. 27. The disc player of claim 24, wherein the tracking servo signal is replied by the tracking servo signal The device reverts to the standard of the CD design from the operational aspect positioned on the disc. 28. The optical disc player of claim 24, wherein the analyte aspect is used to generate a high amplitude, high frequency event of the four column sum (HF, RF) signal to thereby provide correlation of the analyte species Dimensional information. 29. The optical disc player of claim 24, wherein the characterization device further comprises means for identifying a signal generated by the signal generated by the identification of the analyte. 61009-940112.DOC 1247894 30.如申清專利I巳圍第2 4項之光碟播放機,尚包含如該雷射 光束照射在琢資m磁軌上而該磁軌與該實質靜態讀取光 束相關聯移動時用#控制該雷射光束切線定位之裝置。 31· —種適用於與具有形成在光碟第一表面上之螺旋形或是 同心形資訊磁軌之一光碟組合操作之光碟播放機,該磁 軌形成為具有至少一操作結構以用於提供適合於至少聚 焦誤差訊號產生以及尋軌誤差訊號產生之實體指標,該 光碟具有與該操作結構共焦定位之未辨別之分析物結 構,該播放機包括: 光學裝置,供產生用於適合於照射在該資訊磁軌上乏 雷射光束; 光碟支撐裝置,供支撐該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉關 係; 如該光碟與該雷射光束為旋轉嚙合時供聚焦該雷射光 束在該資訊磁軌上以及供維持該聚焦在該資訊磁軌上之 聚焦伺服裝置; 用於以預先決定方式控制該光碟旋轉速度之速度飼服 控制裝置; 包含如雷射光束照射在資訊磁軌上時用於控制該雷射 光束定位之尋軌伺服裝置之裝置; 如該雷射光束照射在旋轉之資訊磁軌上時用於控制 該雷射光束定位之尋軌伺服裝置; 用於形成可使用於連接至外部利用裝置之影像訊號之 輸出連接器裝置;以及 -10- 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐). 1247894 A8 B8 ________ 一 __S___ 六、申請專利範園 該光學裝置尚包含具有至少二操作模式之偵測器裝 置’該操作模式包含第一操作模式用於產生適合於應用 至孩尋軌飼服裝置及該聚焦尋軌伺服裝置之訊號,以及 利用於產生適合於應用至用於解碼儲存在該資訊磁軌之 資訊之訊號解碼裝置之訊號,該偵測器裝置具有第二操 作模式用於暫態岔斷適合用於應用至該尋軌伺服以及該 聚焦尋軌伺服之該訊號。 32.如申請專利範圍第3 1項之光碟播放機,其中該第二模式 尚使用於連接至少該四列總和訊號至該輸出端以供偵測 及特徵化位於該光碟上之分析物結構。 33·如申請專利範圍第3 i或3 2項之光碟播放機,尚包含用 於將報告配置在光碟上或是光碟内之分析物結構至少一 實體特性之資料之圖樣分類之裝置。 34·如申請專利範圍第3 3項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於解譯 該圖樣叢集之裝置。 35·如申請專利範圍第3 4項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於依據 呈現在數位資料内之定位資訊映射該圖樣叢集之裝置。 36·如申請專利範圍第2 9項之光碟播放機,尚包括用於光碟 可尋軌讀取以及用於由該分析物結構產生分析物訊號之 裝置。 37·如申請專利範圍第3 6項之光碟播放機,尚包括用於由正 常操作電氣回應辨別該分析物回應訊號之裝置。 38·如申請專利範圍第3 7項之光碟播放機,尚包括用於藉由 讀取具有至少一可讀取分析物結構之個別光碟而分析掏 61009-940112.DOC | j 張尺度適财s S家標A4規格_ ^297公釐). Ϊ247894 六、 申請專利範圍 取之該資料之裝置。 39·如申請專利範圍第3 8項之光碟播放機,其中該光碟為可 尋軌以及支撐至少一可並行讀取之分析物結構。 4〇·如申請專利範圍第3 9項之光碟播放機,其中用於分析之 孩裝置包含用於識別報告該分析物結構實體特性之資料 之圖樣之裝置。 用 特 41·如申請專利範圍第4〇項之光碟播放機,尚包含與光碟尋 軌屬性可並行讀取之複數個實體異形分析物結構。寸 42·如申請專利範圍第41項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於藉由 謂取該光碟相關之操作態樣決定與擷取之資料不同之一 分析物結構相對實體位置之裝置,該二不同分析物 包含一個第一分析物結構以及一個第二分析物結構f 43·如申請專利範圍第42項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於報主 Μ第二分析物結構實體特性之第二圖樣之裝置,以 η 於決定之該裝置包含用於報告該第一分析物結 性之第一圖樣之裝置。 &quot; Η如申請專利範圍第42項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於計算 至少該第一以及該第二分析物結構相對實體位、、 置。 Α 1置足裝 之 之 45·如申請專利範圍第44項之光碟播放機,尚包含用於映射 分析物結構實體位置在個別光碟表面上之裳置。、于 6·如申請專利範圍第4 5項之光碟播放機,其中用乂 裝置包含用於決定至少第一以及第二分析物結I盖一+ 相對實體位置之裝置。 ° (一 -12- 61009-940112.DOC 巧張尺^^家鮮(CNS) Α4規格(2Κ)] 297公釐). 1247894 A8 B830. The optical disc player of claim 2, wherein the laser beam is irradiated on the mm magnetic track and the magnetic track is associated with the substantially static reading beam. A device for controlling the tangential positioning of the laser beam. 31. A disc player adapted to operate in combination with a disc having a spiral or concentric information track formed on a first surface of a disc, the track being formed to have at least one operational structure for providing suitable And at least focusing on the error signal generation and the physical index generated by the tracking error signal, the optical disk having an unidentified analyte structure confocal positioning with the operating structure, the player comprising: an optical device for generating for being suitable for illumination a laser beam is absent on the information track; the optical disk supporting device is configured to support the optical disk in a rotating relationship with the laser beam; if the optical disk is in rotational engagement with the laser beam, the laser beam is focused on the information track And a focus servo for maintaining the focus on the information track; a speed feeding control device for controlling the rotational speed of the optical disc in a predetermined manner; including for controlling when the laser beam is irradiated on the information track The device for tracking the servo device for positioning the laser beam; for controlling the laser beam when it is illuminated on the rotating information track The laser beam positioning tracking servo device; an output connector device for forming an image signal that can be used for connection to an external utilization device; and -10- 61009-940112.DOC. The paper size is applicable to the Chinese National Standard (CNS). A4 size (210X 297 mm). 1247894 A8 B8 ________ A __S___ VI. Patent application: The optical device also includes a detector device having at least two modes of operation. The operation mode includes a first mode of operation for generating a suitable And a signal for applying to the tracking device and the focus tracking servo device, and for generating a signal suitable for application to a signal decoding device for decoding information stored on the information track, the detector device There is a second mode of operation for transient chopping of the signal suitable for application to the tracking servo and the focus tracking servo. 32. The optical disc player of claim 31, wherein the second mode is further configured to connect at least the four columns of sum signals to the output for detecting and characterizing an analyte structure located on the optical disc. 33. A disc player as claimed in claim 3 i or 32, further comprising means for classifying the pattern of the at least one physical characteristic of the analyte structure disposed on the disc or in the disc. 34. A disc player as claimed in claim 3, which also includes means for interpreting the pattern cluster. 35. A disc player as claimed in claim 4, further comprising means for mapping the pattern cluster based on positioning information presented in the digital data. 36. A disc player as claimed in claim 29, further comprising means for tracking the disc and for generating an analyte signal from the analyte structure. 37. A disc player as claimed in claim 36, which also includes means for discriminating the analyte response signal from a normal operational electrical response. 38. The optical disc player of claim 37, which is further comprising: for reading an individual optical disc having at least one readable analyte structure, 掏61009-940112.DOC | j scales S standard A4 specifications _ ^ 297 mm). Ϊ 247894 VI. The device for which the patent application scope is taken. 39. The optical disc player of claim 3, wherein the optical disc is trackable and supports at least one analyte structure that can be read in parallel. 4. A disc player as claimed in claim 39, wherein the device for analyzing comprises means for identifying a pattern of information indicative of the physical characteristics of the analyte structure. The optical disc player of the fourth aspect of the patent application includes a plurality of solid shaped analyte structures that can be read in parallel with the tracking property of the optical disc. The optical disc player of claim 41, which further comprises means for determining the relative physical position of the analyte structure by means of the operational aspect associated with the optical disc. The different analytes comprise a first analyte structure and a second analyte structure. The optical disc player of claim 42 is further comprising a second pattern for reporting the physical properties of the second analyte structure. The apparatus, η determines that the apparatus includes means for reporting the first pattern of the first analyte. &quot; The disc player of claim 42, for example, is for calculating at least the relative physical position of the first and second analyte structures. Α 1 Set the foot of the disc. For example, the disc player of claim 44 of the patent application also includes a skirt for mapping the physical position of the analyte structure on the surface of the individual optical disc. 6. The optical disc player of claim 45, wherein the apparatus for use comprises means for determining at least the first and second analytes I cover a + relative physical position. ° (一 -12- 61009-940112.DOC 巧张尺^^家鲜(CNS) Α4规格(2Κ)] 297 mm). 1247894 A8 B8 47·ΠΓΓ;圍第46項之_放機,尚包含供使用指 該表面圖像之裝置。 物件“該個別光碟之 48. 一·插次、 、貝訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,包括: 區:::::具有一個平面表面區域以及與該平面表面 二=體之複數個分隔、伸長、分離之表面指標; …表面指標依序配置在實質平行之資訊磁軌中; 面表面區域之間隔部分分離之各磁軌之 面表面區域之磁軌間部分加以分離之該 具=位於該最外部資訊磁軌二侧上之磁軌間部分 外邵資訊磁軌; 孩磁軌間部分以及該間隔部分共时義該平面表面區 具有定義該資訊磁軌寬度之.實質上一致寬度離 表面指標; 具有實質上-致寬度之介於鄰近資訊磁軌之間之該磁 軌間部分; 各a刀離表面指標以及該間隔部分具有可變長度以表 示儲存之資訊;以及 至少一該磁軌間部分載有用於識別該平面表面區域之 區域之裝置適合於支撐至少一分析物結構。 49.如申請專利範圍第48項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 61009-940112.DOC -13-47. ΠΓΓ; The 46th _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ The object "the individual disc 48. I. Insert, Beixun storage and sample analysis media, including: Zone::::: has a plane surface area and a plurality of separations, elongations, and planes from the plane surface The surface index of the separation; the surface index is sequentially arranged in the substantially parallel information track; the inter-track portion of the surface area of each track separated by the interval of the surface surface area is separated; the outermost information is located at the outermost information a portion of the outer track information track between the tracks on the two sides of the track; the portion between the track and the portion of the track having a common surface area having a width that defines the width of the information track; substantially uniform width from the surface index; a portion of the inter-track between the adjacent information tracks; each of the a-knife-off surface indicators and the spaced portion having a variable length to indicate stored information; and at least one portion of the inter-track portion for identifying the The device in the region of the planar surface region is adapted to support at least one analyte structure. 49. Information storage and sample as in claim 48 The analysis media, its 61009-940112.DOC -13- 1247894 申請專利範園 t該資訊磁軌包含介於該主要表面内部週邊部分延伸至 外邵週邊部分之間之個別螺旋轉動。 n專利範圍第48或49项之資訊録存及樣 月亘,其中該媒體為碟形。 踩 51.π=範圍第48項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 表面指標包含該主要表面之伸長 該 52] 口申請專利範圍第48項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,並 表面指標包含構件之主要表面之伸長: =及=資訊儲存為緊接著料表現具有負㈣ 碟之間隔部分之分離表面指標。 先 3·如申清專利範圍第4 $項士咨4 中該伸長之m鲁肪、#错存及樣本分析媒體’其 位於盘4 1致之深度以及該標記底部表面 54 :種二'面表面區域平面分隔之實質共同平面。 種貝訊儲存及樣本分析媒體·,包括: 區域來:::2 *個平面表面區域以及與該平面表面 個分隔、伸長、分離二區域之平面延仲之複數 軌ΓΓ離表面指標依序配置在複數個實質平行之資訊磁 沿著藉由該平面表面區域之… 鄰近表面指標; ^ 邵7刀/刀冑&lt;各磁軌之 沿著藉由該平面表面區域之磁軌間部分加以分離之該 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺纽^ -14- 1247894 as B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 平行資訊磁軌; 該磁軌間部分以及該間隔部分共同定義該平面表面區 域; 具有定義該資訊磁軌宽度之實質上一致寬度之該分離 表面指標; 具有實質上一致寬度之介於鄰近資訊磁軌之間之該磁 軌間部分; 各該分離表面指標以及該間隔部分具有可變長度; 該分離表面指標以及該間隔部分使用於表現儲存之資 訊; 該分離表面指標包含該主要表面之延伸之標記; 該儲存之資訊包含至少一位址資訊以供識別該主要表 面上之空間位置;以及 至少一該位址使用於指定合適之表面位置以供支撐至 少一分析物結構。 55. 如申請專利範圍第5 4項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 中該分離表面指標包含該構件之該主要表面之延伸之標 記以及該資訊儲存為緊接著用於表現具有正影像之前向 光碟之分離表面指標之間隔部分。 56. 如申請專利範圍第5 4項之,其中該分離表面指標包含該 主要表面之延伸之標記以及該資訊儲存為緊接著用於表 現具有負影像之前向光碟之間隔部分之分離表面指標。 57. 如申請專利範圍第5 4、5 5或5 6項之資訊儲存及樣本分 析媒體,其中該延伸之標記為實質上一致之深度。 61009-940112.DOC -15- 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐). 1247894 as Β8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 58.如申請專利範圍第5 4、5 5或5 6項之資訊儲存及樣本分 析媒體,其中該資訊磁軌包含介於該主要表面内部週邊 部分延伸至外部週邊部分之間之個別螺旋轉動。 59·如申請專利範圍第5 4項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 中該媒體為碟形。 60. —種資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,包括: 主要部分,具有一個平面表面區域以及與該平面表面 區域形成整體之複數個分隔、伸長、分離之表面指標; 該分離表面指標依序配置在實質平行之資訊磁軌中; 沿著藉由該平面表面區域之間隔部分分離之各磁軌之 鄰近表面指標; 沿著藉由該平面表面區域之磁軌間部分加以分離之該 平行資訊磁軌; 該磁軌間部分以及該間隔部分共同定義該平面表面區 域; 具有定義該資訊磁軌宽度之實質上一致寬度之該分離 表面指標; 具有實質上一致寬度之介於鄰近資訊磁軌之間之該磁 軌間部分; 各該分離表面指標以及該間隔部分具有可變長度; 至少一部分該分離表面指標以及該間隔部分使用於表 現儲存之資訊; 一部分該平面表面調適用於支撐至少一分析物結構; 以及 61009-940112.DOC - 16 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公釐)_ 1247894 A8 B8 C8 D8 、申請專利範圍 =於提供位置資訊以識別適用於支撐該至少-分析物 、、’口構又孩邵分之該平面表面之裝置。 61 :::專利範圍第48、54或60項之資訊儲存及樣本分 將入二其中該分離表面指標與之間之該間隔部分能夠 =射在上面之雷射光束強度調變以因此提供介於該分 離:面指標與該間隔部分之間之光對比以及藉由光偵測 加強孩構件之該主要部分之該儲存資訊之回復。 1申^利範園第60項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 中U磁軌包含介^該主要表面内部週邊部分延伸至 外邵週邊部分之間之個別螺旋轉動。 63· 2請專利範圍第48項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,調 通為傳送表面指標至光碟材料主體β 64·,申請專利範圍第48、54或60;之資訊儲存及樣本分 斤媒’其中該媒體適用於壓印程4中傳送表面指標至 光碟材料主體。 65. 如申請專利範圍第48、54或6〇項之資訊錯存及樣本分 析媒體’其巾該媒體適用於浮凸壓印中傳送表面指標至 光碟材料主體。 66. 如申請專利範圍第48、54或6〇項之資訊像存及樣本分 斤媒a且其中s亥媒體可以在該分析物結構分析之後寫至 该媒體。 ” 67. 如申請專利範圍第4 8、5 4或6 〇項之資訊儲存及樣本分 析媒體,其中該媒體為可傳輸光碟。 68·如申μ專利範圍第4 8、5 4或6 〇項之資訊儲存及樣本分 61009-940112.DOC -17-1247894 Patent Application Field The information track includes an individual spiral rotation between the inner peripheral portion of the main surface and the peripheral portion of the outer shaft. n The information of the 48th or 49th patent range is recorded and sampled, where the media is dish-shaped. Step 51. π = Scope 48 of the information storage and sample analysis media, the surface indicators include the extension of the main surface of the 52] patent application scope of the 48th information storage and sample analysis media, and the surface indicators include components The elongation of the main surface: = and = information is stored as a separate surface indicator with a negative (four) disc spacing. First 3 · Such as Shen Qing patent scope 4th 士士 advisor 4 in the extension of the m Lu fat, #错存 and sample analysis media 'the depth of the disk 4 1 and the bottom surface of the mark 54: seed two 'face The surface area is separated by a substantially common plane. Bayer storage and sample analysis media, including: Area:::2 * Planar surface area and the plane index separated from the surface of the plane, the extension and separation of the planes of the two regions are sequentially arranged in the surface index a plurality of substantially parallel information magnetic along the surface area of the plane ... adjacent surface index; ^ Shao 7 knife / knife 胄 &lt; each track along the portion of the track surface separated by the inter-track portion 61009-940112.DOC This paper ruler ^ -14- 1247894 as B8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application range parallel information track; the inter-track portion and the spacing portion jointly define the plane surface area; have defined the information track width The separation surface index of substantially uniform width; the inter-track portion between adjacent information tracks having substantially uniform width; each of the separation surface indicators and the spacing portion having a variable length; the separation surface indicator and The spacing portion is used to represent information stored; the separation surface indicator includes an indication of the extension of the major surface; The stored information includes at least one address information for identifying a spatial location on the primary surface; and at least one of the addresses is used to designate a suitable surface location for supporting at least one analyte structure. 55. The information storage and sample analysis medium of claim 5, wherein the separation surface indicator comprises an extension of the major surface of the component and the information is stored for subsequent presentation to a disc having a positive image The separation of the surface indicators. 56. The method of claim 5, wherein the separation surface indicator comprises an extension of the major surface and the information is stored as an indicator of the separation surface immediately following the portion of the disc that has a negative image. 57. For the information storage and sample analysis media of patent application No. 5, 5, 5 or 56, the mark of the extension is a substantially uniform depth. 61009-940112.DOC -15- This paper scale applies to China National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 mm). 1247894 as Β8 C8 D8 VI. Patent application scope 58. If the patent application scope is 5, 5, 5 or 5 6 information storage and sample analysis media, wherein the information track comprises an individual spiral rotation extending between an inner peripheral portion of the major surface and an outer peripheral portion. 59. For example, the information storage and sample analysis media of Patent Application No. 54, wherein the medium is a dish. 60. An information storage and sample analysis medium, comprising: a main portion having a planar surface region and a plurality of surface indices separating, elongating, and separating from the planar surface region; the separation surface indicators are sequentially arranged in essence In the parallel information track; the adjacent surface index of each track separated by the spaced portion of the planar surface region; the parallel information track separated by the inter-track portion of the planar surface region; The inter-track portion and the spacing portion collectively define the planar surface region; the separation surface index having a substantially uniform width defining the information track width; and the substantially uniform width between the tracks between adjacent information tracks a portion; each of the separation surface indicators and the spacing portion having a variable length; at least a portion of the separation surface indicator and the spacing portion are used to represent storage information; a portion of the planar surface modulation is adapted to support at least one analyte structure; and 61090- 940112.DOC - 16 This paper size is applicable to China Home Standard (CNS) A4 Specification (210X297 mm) _ 1247894 A8 B8 C8 D8, Patent Application Scope = Provide location information to identify the planar surface suitable for supporting the at least-analyte, 'mouth structure' Device. 61 ::: The information storage and sample points of the 48th, 54th or 60th patent range will be included in the interval between the separation surface index and the interval between the laser beam intensity modulations so as to provide The separation is performed by comparing the light between the surface index and the spacing portion and enhancing the recovery of the stored information of the main portion of the child component by light detection. 1 The information storage and sample analysis medium of the 60th item of the Fan Fan Park, wherein the U track comprises an individual spiral rotation extending between the inner peripheral portion of the main surface and the peripheral portion of the outer shaft. 63· 2 Please select the information storage and sample analysis media of the 48th patent range, transfer the surface indicators to the main body of the optical disc material β 64·, apply for the patent scope 48, 54 or 60; the information storage and sample distribution media' Wherein the medium is suitable for conveying surface indicators in the stamping process 4 to the body of the optical disc material. 65. If the information in the 48th, 54th or 6th paragraph of the patent application is in error and the sample analysis media, the media is suitable for use in embossing embossing to transmit surface indicators to the body of the disc material. 66. If the information in the 48th, 54th or 6th paragraph of the patent application is filed and sampled, and the media can be written to the media after the analysis of the analyte structure. 67. For the information storage and sample analysis media of the patent application No. 4, 5, 5 or 6 of which the media is a transmissible CD. 68. If the patent scope of the application is 4, 5, 5 or 6 Information Storage and Samples 61009-940112.DOC -17- 1247894 A8 B8 C8 D8 六、申請專利範圍 析媒體,其中介於該分離表面指標與鄰近之該磁軌間部 分之間之邊界,當在平面中沿著資訊磁軌方向觀看時實 質上為線性。 69· —種資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,包括: 碟形構件,具有主要部分上之平面表面區域以及複數 個與該平面表面區域形成整體之複數個分隔、伸長、分 離之表面指標; 該分離表面指標包含該主要部分之伸長之標記; 該分離表面指標依序配置在依序平行之資訊磁軌中; 該資訊磁軌包含介於該構件之主要表面介於内部週邊 部分延伸至外部週邊部分之間之個別螺旋轉動; 沿著藉由該平面表面區域之間隔部分分離之各磁軌之 鄰近表面指標; 該平行資訊磁軌藉由該平面表面區域之磁軌間部分加 以分離; 該磁軌間部分以及該間隔部分共同定義該面表面區 域,介於該分離表面指標與鄰近之該磁軌間部分之間之 邊界,當在平面中沿著資訊磁軌方向觀看時實質上為線 性; 該分離表面指標具有定義該資訊磁軌寬度之實質一致 之寬度; 該伸長之標記為實質一致深度,該標記位於與該平面 表面區域之平面分離之實質共同平面; 介於鄰近資訊磁軌之間之該磁軌間部分具有實質上一 61009-940112.DOC - 18 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標竿(CNS) A4規格(210X 297公釐). 1247894 六、申請專利範園 致之寬度; 至少一分析物結構; 於支撐該至少一分析物 一邵份該平面表面適用於支撐 用於提供位置資訊以識別適用 結構之該邵分該平面表面之裝置 及 該分離表面指標具有可變長度以表示儲存之資訊 ,•以 孩分離表面指標與之間之該間隔部分能夠將入射在上 面之雷射光束強度調變以因此提供介於該分離表面指標 與薇間隔部分之間之光對比以及藉由光對比加強該主要 部分之該儲存資訊之回復。 7〇·如申請專利範圍第51項之資訊儲存及樣本分析媒體,其 中孩標記為形成與該主要部分相對之凹坑形式。 71· 一種具有可讀耳又分析物結構之光碟,該光碟包括: 包含可尋軌結構之資訊層,其中該資訊層由光碟讀取 機之讀取光束追蹤,該可尋軌結構係製作為產生全像影 像;以及 至y分析物結構,該可尋軌結構以及該分析物結構 可由單一光學拾音器並行讀取。 &amp;如中請㈣_第6〇項之光碟’其中該全像影像投射在 與該分析物結構共尊之平面中。 73·如申清專利範圍第7〗或7 2項之光碟,其中該可尋軌結 構為擺動紋道之影像。 74· —種光碟組件,包括: 一資訊層; 61009-940112.DOC 1247894 申請專利範圍 一輔助聚焦入射光束在該資訊層上之蓋版; 一基板’該基板具有圖樣化表面和額外表面,該圖 化表面促成該光碟資訊層; / 7 -與該資訊層結合之操作結構,當該基板圖樣化表面 於雷射接近該基板額外表面時呈現,該操作結構為 碟機可尋軌;以及 和該操作結構可並行讀取之至少一分析物社構。 75. :申請專利範圍第74項之光碟組件,其中該操作結構可 爷軌地配置為正浮雕前向影像。 76. 如申請專利範圍第74項之光碟組件,其中該操作結構可 f軌!!置在該資訊層平面中,該資訊層為該基板額外 表面取遠端〇 專利範圍第74項之光碟組件’其中該操作結構可 哥軌地配置為負浮雕前向影像。 7=申請專利範園第74項之光碟組件,其中該操作可 寻軌地配置在該資訊層平面中, &quot; 板之該額外表面。 以讯層為最接近該基 =利範圍第74至78項中任何之光碟組件, 其中Θ操作結構包含擺動紋道。 80.如申清專利範園第7 4項之光,^ ^ ^ 和該操作結構為共焦配置。 〃中該刀析物結構 81·如申請專利範圍第75、76、77或 中=析物結構和該操作結構為共焦配置㈣到牛’其 •口申请專利範圍第79項之光碟組件,其中該分㈣結構 61009-940U2.DOC 本㈣尺 20- 1247894 A8 B81247894 A8 B8 C8 D8 VI. Scope of Patent Application The media, where the boundary between the separation surface index and the adjacent portion of the track, is substantially linear when viewed in the plane along the direction of the information track. 69. An information storage and sample analysis medium, comprising: a dish-shaped member having a planar surface area on a main portion and a plurality of surface indicators separating, elongating, and separating from the planar surface area; the separation surface The indicator includes an extension mark of the main portion; the separation surface indicator is sequentially disposed in the sequentially parallel information track; the information track includes a main surface of the member extending from the inner peripheral portion to the outer peripheral portion An individual spiral rotation; an adjacent surface index of each track separated by a spaced portion of the planar surface region; the parallel information track is separated by an inter-track portion of the planar surface region; The spacing portion collectively defines the surface area of the surface between the separation surface index and the adjacent portion between the tracks, substantially linear when viewed in the plane along the direction of the information track; the separation surface indicator has Defining the width of the information track width that is substantially uniform; the mark of the elongation is true The uniform depth, the mark is located in a substantially common plane separated from the plane of the planar surface area; the inter-track portion between adjacent information tracks has a substantial 61009-940112.DOC - 18 paper scale applicable to China Standard (CNS) A4 size (210X 297 mm). 1247894 6. Width of application for patent garden; at least one analyte structure; supporting at least one analyte - a portion of the surface is suitable for support for providing The position information is used to identify the device of the applicable structure and the separation surface indicator has a variable length to indicate the stored information, and the portion between the separation surface index and the interval between the child can be incident on the thunder The intensity of the beam is modulated to thereby provide a comparison of the light between the separation surface index and the spacing portion and the recovery of the stored information by the light contrast. 7. In the information storage and sample analysis media of claim 51, the child is marked as forming a pit form opposite to the main part. 71. A compact disc having a readable ear and an analyte structure, the optical disc comprising: an information layer including a trackable structure, wherein the information layer is tracked by a read beam of a disc reader, the traceable structure is Generating a holographic image; and to the y analyte structure, the trackable structure and the analyte structure can be read in parallel by a single optical pickup. &amp; For example, (4) _ 6th item of the disc', wherein the holographic image is projected in a plane that is shared with the structure of the analyte. 73. For example, the disc of the patent scope 7 or 7 is the image of the wobble track. 74------------------------------------------------------------------ The patterned surface facilitates the optical information layer; / 7 - an operational structure coupled to the information layer, the substrate patterned surface being presented when the laser is near an additional surface of the substrate, the operational structure being tracked by the disk drive; The operational structure can read at least one analyte organization in parallel. 75. The optical disc assembly of claim 74, wherein the operating structure is configured to be a front relief image. 76. For example, the optical disc assembly of claim 74, wherein the operating structure can be tracked! ! Positioned in the plane of the information layer, the information layer is a remote surface of the substrate. The optical disk assembly of the patented item 74 is configured to be a negative relief forward image. 7 = Apply for the optical disc assembly of Patent No. 74, wherein the operation can be tracked in the plane of the information layer, and the additional surface of the panel. The signal layer is the optical disc assembly closest to the base = the range of items 74 to 78, wherein the Θ operating structure includes a wobble track. 80. For example, the light of the 74th item of the patent garden, ^ ^ ^ and the operation structure are confocal configurations. The cleavage structure of the knives in the 81 · 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 如 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 81 The sub-(four) structure 61009-940U2.DOC this (four) ruler 20- 1247894 A8 B8 和該操作結構為共焦配置。 83.專利範園第74嚷之光碟組件,其中該分析物結構 為特疋分析物信號元素。 ”申請專利範圍第75、76、77或78項之光碟組件,A R中孩分析物結構為特定分析物信號元素。八 5·如申请專利範圍第7 9項之朵德έ杜並、、 炎杜—w , 貝(光碟組件,其中孩分析物結構 為特疋分析物信號元素。 其中該分析物結構 其中該分析物結構 其中該分析物結構 其中該資訊層尚包 86. 如申請專利範圍第80項之光碟組件 為特定分析物信號元素。 87. 如申請專利範圍第81項之光碟組件 為特定分析物信號元素。 級如申請專利範圍第82項之光碟組件 為特定分析物信號元素。 级=申請專利範圍第8〇項之光碟組件,、,邮只肌巧同巴 。反射層,以及其中當該基板圖樣化表面於雷射接近該 基板額外表面時呈現,該非分析物結構於雷射接近於該 反射層時配置。 9〇· ^申请專利範圍第8〇項之光碟組件,其中該資訊層尚包 含反射層’以及其中該非分析物結構為可讀取地配置在 光碟表面上,距離該基板額外表面為較該 距 基板額外表面遠。 91. 如申請專利範圍第89或9〇項之光碟組件,其中該非操 作結構為配置在該反射層表面上。 92. -種具有可讀取非分析物結構之光碟組件,該光碟組件 61009-940I12.DOC -21 - 本紙張尺度適用中_i^NS)城格(靡挪公酱) 六、申請專利範固 包括: 一2層Μ該資訊層具有光碟閲讀機可尋軌之結構; 二版’輔助聚焦入射光束在該資訊層上,·以及 /一分析物結構,該可尋 光學拾音器同時可讀取。 刀析物,.口構為單- 93·如申凊專利範圍第7 4戎q 9庙、 整合至該光碟…:接9】:::碟組件’該蓋板為非 ==第93項之光磲組件,該一 95·如申凊專利範圍第9 3項之弁樓》杜 動地附接至該光碟。切組件,其中該蓋板為可移 ^口申請專利範圍第95項之光碟組件,其中該蓋板為可安 裝絞鍊地附接至該光碟。 97.==圍第74或92項之光碟組件,其中該蓋板 由匕括塑膠和破璃之群組所選擇的材料組 98·: =範圍第”項之— 其中該蓋板本質上 其中該蓋板本質上 99·如申請專利範圍第9 8項之光碟組件 由聚苯乙埽組成。 100·如申請專利範圍第9 8項之光碟組件 由聚碳酸脂組成。 101.如申請專利範圍第7 4或92項之光碟組件,其中々、么 在徑向平面中具有介於110_130mm之間的直徑 光軸方向具有介於之間的深度。 61009-940112.DOC -22- 1247894 Γ、申請專利範園 102.如申請專利範圍第74或92項之光碟組件,其中該分 物結構配置在該蓋板之光碟接近侧上。 〜刀 103·種具有可讀取分析物結構之光碟,該光碟包括·· 第一反射層; · 第二反射層; 及配置在該第二反射層上預先決定側之分析物結構丨以 *與孩第一以及第二反射層結合之可尋軌結構,該可 寻軌結構建構為允許光碟機之入射光束尋軌,以及該分 析物結構為可讀取地與該可尋軌結構配置。 104. 如申請專利範圍第103項之光碟,其中該分析物結構和 该可尋軌結構為單一光學拾音器可讀取。 105. 如申請專利範圍第103項之光碟,其中該第二反射表面 為半反射。 106. 如申請專利範圍第105項之光碟,其中該分析物結構和 該第一反射層或是和該半反射層的表面為共焦配置。 107. 如申請專利範圍第105項之光碟,其中該分析物結構和 該半反射層的表面為共焦配置。 108·如申請專利範圍第1〇3、104、1〇5、1〇6或1〇7項之光 碟’其中該分析物結構與該第一反射層的表面共焦配 置。 Μ 109. 如申請專利範圍第1〇8項之光碟,其中該分析物結構配 置在該第一反射層之雷射接近端側上。 110. 如申請專利範圍第108項之光碟,其中該分析物結構配 23 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) Α4規格(210X297公楚). 1247894 申請專利範園 置在該第一反射層之雷射遠端側上。 1U·如申請專利範圍第1 05、106或107項之光碟,其中該 分析物結構配置於該第一反射層與該半反射層之間。 112·如申請專利範園第1 0 3、1 0 4、1 〇 5、1 〇 6或1 〇 7项之光 碟’其中該可尋軌結構包含擺動紋道。 113·如申請專利範圍第1〇8項之光碟,其中該可尋執結構包 含擺動紋道。 其中該可尋軌結構包 其中該可尋軌結構包 其中該可尋軌結構包 其中該分析物結構與 114β如申請專利範圍第1 0 9項之光碟 含擺動紋道。 115·如申請專利範圍第.110項之光碟 含擺動紋道。 116·如申請專利範圍第1 1 1項之光碟 含擺動紋道。 117·如申請專利範圍第112項之光碟 該擺動紋道共焦配置。 該 ns.如申請專利範圍第105、106或1〇7項之光碟,其中 反射層和該半反射層為可反向分離。 II9· -種=於製作具有可#軌操作結構以及與該操作結構共 同可讀取之至少-分析物結構之前向影像、正浮雕的ς 置光碟之方法,該方法包括下列步驟: 形成具有影像定向和浮雕等於標準主片纟可操作 的壓模;以及 ° m 直接由該壓模形成該光碟基板。 120·一種用於製作具有可尋軌操作結構以及與該操作結構共 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適财S S家料(CNS) 24- 1247894 六、申請專利範園 同可喂取之至/刀析物結構之前向影像、負浮雕的倒 置光碟之方法’該方法包括下列步驟·· 形成反向主片; 形成具有影像定向和浮雕與該反向主片相反的壓模; 以及 直接由該壓模形成該光碟基板。 121·如申請專利範圍第119或12〇項之方法,其中該光碟之 該形成在多樣化數位光碟(DVD)鑄模中執行。 122. -種用於製作具有同時可讀取分析物結構之可尋軌光碟 的方法,該方法包括下列步驟: 應用反射層至藉由如申請專利範圍第119或12〇項之 方法準備的倒置光碟基板圖樣化表面;以及 將分析物結構與該反射層共焦配置。 123. 如申請專利範圍第122項之方法,其中該配置步驟尚包 含配置該分析物結構為雷射接近該反射層。 124. —種用於製作具有同時可讀取分析物結構之可尋軌光碟 之方法,該方法包括下列步驟·· 應用反射層至如申請專利範圍第74項至78項中任一 項之個別光碟基板之該圖樣化表面;以及 將分析物結構與該可尋軌操作結構共焦配置。 125·如申請專利範圍第124項之方法,其中該配置步驟尚包 含配置該分析物結構為雷射接近該可尋軌操作結構。 126·如申請專利範圍第1 2 4或1 2 5項之方法,其中該可尋軌 結構包含擺動紋道。 -25 61009-940112.DOC 本紙張尺度適用中國國家標準(CNS) A4規格(210X297公發).And the operating structure is a confocal configuration. 83. The optical disc assembly of claim 74, wherein the analyte structure is a characteristic analyte signal element. "Applicable to the optical disc assembly of the 75th, 76th, 77th or 78th patent range, the analyte structure of the AR in the AR is a specific analyte signal element. VIII. 5. For example, the application of the patent scope of the ninth item of Dodge, and inflammation Du-w, shell (the disc component, wherein the analyte structure of the child is a characteristic analyte signal element. wherein the analyte structure is the analyte structure, wherein the analyte structure is wherein the information layer is still packaged. 86. The disc component of the 80 item is a specific analyte signal element. 87. The disc assembly of claim 81 is a specific analyte signal element. The disc assembly of claim 82 is a specific analyte signal element. = the optical disc assembly of claim 8 of the patent application, the splicing layer, the reflective layer, and wherein the substrate patterned surface is present when the laser is near the additional surface of the substrate, the non-analyte structure is laser Arranged close to the reflective layer. 9〇·^ The optical disc assembly of claim 8 wherein the information layer further comprises a reflective layer 'and the non-analyte thereof The optical disk assembly is configured to be readable and disposed on the surface of the optical disk, and the additional surface of the substrate is farther away from the additional surface of the substrate. The optical disk assembly of claim 89 or 9, wherein the non-operational structure is configured On the surface of the reflective layer. 92. - Optical disc assembly with readable non-analyte structure, the optical disc assembly 61009-940I12.DOC -21 - This paper size is suitable for _i^NS) City grid (靡公公酱) Sixth, the application for patents includes: a layer of 2, the information layer has a structure that can be tracked by a CD reader; the second version of 'Auxiliary focus incident beam on the information layer, · and / an analyte structure, the searchable optics The pickup can be read at the same time. The knife is separated, the mouth is made of a single - 93 · For example, the patent scope of the patent is 7th 4th q 9 temple, integrated into the CD...: 9]:::Disc component 'The cover is Non-== the optical element assembly of item 93, the one of which is attached to the optical disk in the 弁 》 》 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 。 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切 切The optical disc assembly of claim 95, wherein the cover is attached to the hinge The disc. 97.==The disc assembly of item 74 or 92, wherein the cover is made of a material group selected from the group consisting of plastic and broken glass 98:: = range "" - wherein the cover Essentially, the cover is essentially 99. The optical disc assembly of claim 198 is composed of polystyrene. 100. The optical disc assembly as claimed in claim 9 is composed of polycarbonate. 101. The optical disc assembly of claim 7 or claim 92, wherein the diameter of the optical axis between 110 and 130 mm in the radial plane has a depth therebetween. </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; </ RTI> <RTIgt; a knife 103 having an optical disk with a readable analyte structure, the optical disk comprising: a first reflective layer; a second reflective layer; and an analyte structure disposed on the second reflective layer on a predetermined side A track searchable structure in combination with the first and second reflective layers of the child, the trackable structure being configured to allow tracking of the incident beam of the optical disk drive, and the analyte structure being readablely configurable with the trackable structure. 104. The optical disc of claim 103, wherein the analyte structure and the trackable structure are readable by a single optical pickup. 105. The optical disc of claim 103, wherein the second reflective surface is semi-reflective. 106. The optical disc of claim 105, wherein the analyte structure and the first reflective layer or the surface of the semi-reflective layer are in a confocal configuration. 107. The optical disc of claim 105, wherein the analyte structure and the surface of the semi-reflective layer are in a confocal configuration. 108. The optical disc of claim 1, wherein the analyte structure is confocal with the surface of the first reflective layer. Μ 109. The optical disc of claim 1, wherein the analyte structure is disposed on a laser near the end side of the first reflective layer. 110. If you apply for the CD-ROM of Article 108, the structure of the analyte is 23 61009-940112.DOC. The paper scale applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) Α4 specification (210X297 public Chu). 1247894 The first reflective layer is on the distal side of the laser. 1U. The optical disc of claim 10, 106 or 107, wherein the analyte structure is disposed between the first reflective layer and the semi-reflective layer. 112. For example, if you apply for a patent, Fan No. 1 0 3, 1 0 4, 1 〇 5, 1 〇 6 or 1 〇 7), the trackable structure contains a wobble track. 113. For example, the disc of claim 1 of the patent scope, wherein the searchable structure comprises a wobble track. Wherein the track-recoverable structure package, wherein the track-recoverable structure package, wherein the analyte structure and the 114β, such as the optical disk of claim No. 109, contain a wobble track. 115. If the disc of the application for the scope of the invention is in the 110th paragraph, it contains the wobble track. 116. If the optical disc of the scope of claim 1st 1 1 contains a wobble track. 117. For example, the disc of the patent application range 112 has the oscillating track confocal configuration. The ns. The optical disc of claim 105, 106 or 117, wherein the reflective layer and the semi-reflective layer are reversibly separable. II9 - a method for producing an optical disc having an image-operating structure and a embossed at least - an analyte structure readable by the operation structure, the method comprising the steps of: forming an image The orientation and embossing are equal to the standard master 纟 operable stamper; and ° m directly forms the disc substrate from the stamper. 120· A method for fabricating a track-operable structure and a total of 61009-940112.DOC with the operating structure. The paper size is suitable for the SS material (CNS) 24- 1247894 6. The patent application can be fed to / a method of inverting an optical disk to an image and a negative relief before the knife-analyte structure includes the following steps: forming a reverse main film; forming a stamper having an image orientation and a relief opposite to the reverse main sheet; and directly The stamper forms the disc substrate. The method of claim 119 or 12, wherein the formation of the optical disc is performed in a diversified digital optical disc (DVD) mold. 122. A method for making a track-travelable optical disc having a readable analyte structure, the method comprising the steps of: applying a reflective layer to an inversion prepared by the method of claim 119 or 12 The disc substrate defines a surface; and the analyte structure is confocal with the reflective layer. 123. The method of claim 122, wherein the configuring step further comprises configuring the analyte structure to be a laser approaching the reflective layer. 124. A method for making a track-provisionable optical disc having a readable analyte structure, the method comprising the steps of: applying a reflective layer to each of items 74 to 78 of the patent application scope The patterned surface of the optical disc substrate; and a confocal configuration of the analyte structure with the traceable operational structure. 125. The method of claim 124, wherein the configuring step further comprises configuring the analyte structure to be a laser approaching the trackable operational structure. 126. The method of claim 1, wherein the trackable structure comprises a wobble track. -25 61009-940112.DOC This paper size applies to the Chinese National Standard (CNS) A4 specification (210X297 public).
TW88118794A 1998-10-30 2000-04-24 Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material TWI247894B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US18384298A 1998-10-30 1998-10-30
US09/311,329 US7014815B1 (en) 1998-10-30 1999-05-11 Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable nonoperational features
US13436899P 1999-05-14 1999-05-14
US42187099A 1999-10-26 1999-10-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TWI247894B true TWI247894B (en) 2006-01-21

Family

ID=37400674

Family Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW88118794A TWI247894B (en) 1998-10-30 2000-04-24 Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material
TW94101078A TWI249158B (en) 1998-10-30 2000-04-24 Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material

Family Applications After (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW94101078A TWI249158B (en) 1998-10-30 2000-04-24 Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material

Country Status (1)

Country Link
TW (2) TWI247894B (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8514390B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-08-20 Industrial Technology Research Institute Optical equipment and registration method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8514390B2 (en) 2011-10-07 2013-08-20 Industrial Technology Research Institute Optical equipment and registration method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW200519902A (en) 2005-06-16
TWI249158B (en) 2006-02-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1125136B1 (en) Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material
US7014815B1 (en) Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable nonoperational features
US20070003979A1 (en) Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material
US8263386B2 (en) Digital bio disc (DBD), DBD driver apparatus, and assay method using the same
Hwu et al. Hacking CD/DVD/Blu-ray for biosensing
JP2002514046A (en) Devices and methods for cleavable signaling factors
KR100941416B1 (en) Bio-disc, bio-driver apparatus, and assay method using the same
US6342349B1 (en) Optical disk-based assay devices and methods
US20020106661A1 (en) Optical disk-based assay devices and methods
KR20020063359A (en) nucleic hybridization assay method and device using a cleavage technique responsive to the specific sequences of the complementary double strand of nucleic acids or oligonucleotides
JP2002530786A (en) Trackable optical disk with simultaneously readable analytical material
Lagae et al. Magnetic biosensors for genetic screening of cystic fibrosis
TWI247894B (en) Trackable optical discs with concurrently readable analyte material
US6331275B1 (en) Spatially addressable, cleavable reflective signal elements, assay device and method
US20050214827A1 (en) Assay device and method
JPH06508204A (en) Measuring method and sensor device for myocardial infarction marker
US20050026148A1 (en) Method for the biochemical detection of analytes
US20060128030A1 (en) Bioassay substrate and bioassay device and method
AU2006230663A1 (en) An optical disc player and a disc with an analyte structure
EP1588355A2 (en) Optical disc system and related methods for analysis of microscopic structures
Ou Reading disc-based bioassays for protein biomarkers with standard computer drives
Lange Soft lithography applied to the construction of a low cost bioassay system
MXPA00006505A (en) Method comprising capture molecule fixed on disc surface

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
MM4A Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees